src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73     }
  74
  75     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  76     {
  77         attr->DecRef();
  78     }
  79
  80     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  81     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  82
  83 // Cannot do this:
  84 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  85 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  86 };
  87
  88 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  89                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  90
  91 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  92
  93 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  94 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  95
  96 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  97 // events
  98 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  99
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 118
 119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 120 // private classes
 121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 122
 123 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 124 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 125 {
 126 public:
 127     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 128     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 129                     wxWindowID id,
 130                     const wxPoint& pos,
 131                     const wxSize& size,
 132                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 133                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 134         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 135                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 136                    name)
 137     {
 138         m_owner = owner;
 139     }
 140
 141     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 142
 143     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 144
 145 protected:
 146     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 147
 148     wxGrid *m_owner;
 149
 150     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 151     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 152 };
 153
 154 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 155 {
 156 public:
 157     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 158     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 159                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 160
 161 private:
 162     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 163     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 164     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 165
 166     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 167     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 168     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 169 };
 170
 171
 172 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 173 {
 174 public:
 175     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 176     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 177                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 178
 179 private:
 180     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 181     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 182     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 183
 184     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 185     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 186     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 187 };
 188
 189
 190 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 191 {
 192 public:
 193     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 194     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 195                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 196
 197 private:
 198     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 199     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 200     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 201
 202     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 203     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 204     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 205 };
 206
 207 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 208 {
 209 public:
 210     wxGridWindow()
 211     {
 212         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 213         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 214     }
 215
 216     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 217                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 218                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 219                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 220
 221     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 222
 223     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 224
 225 private:
 226     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 227     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 228
 229     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 230     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 231     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 232     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 233     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 234     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 235     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 236     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 237
 238     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 239     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 240     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 241 };
 242
 243
 244 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 245 {
 246 public:
 247     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 248         : m_grid(grid),
 249           m_editor(editor),
 250           m_inSetFocus(false)
 251     {
 252     }
 253
 254     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 255     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 256     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 257
 258     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 259
 260 private:
 261     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 262     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 263
 264     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 265     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 266     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 267
 268     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 269     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 270     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 271 };
 272
 273
 274 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 275
 276 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 277     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 278     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 279     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 280 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 281
 282
 283 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 284 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 285 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 286
 287 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 288 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 289 {
 290 public:
 291     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 292     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 293     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 294     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 295
 296 private:
 297     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 298     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 299
 300     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 301 };
 302
 303 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 309     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 310
 311     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 312     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 313     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 314
 315 private:
 316     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 317     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 318 };
 319
 320 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 321 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 322 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 323 {
 324 public:
 325     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 326     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 327                            m_colAttrs;
 328 };
 329
 330
 331 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 332 // data structures used for the data type registry
 333 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 334
 335 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 336 {
 337     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 338                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 339                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 340         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 341         {}
 342
 343     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 344     {
 345         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 346         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 347     }
 348
 349     wxString            m_typeName;
 350     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 351     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 352
 353     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 354 };
 355
 356
 357 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 358                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 359
 360
 361 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 362 {
 363 public:
 364   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 365     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 366
 367     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 368                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 369                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 370
 371     // find one of already registered data types
 372     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 373
 374     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 375     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 376     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 377
 378     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 379     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 380     // registered data type and set params for it
 381     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 382
 383     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 384     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 385
 386 private:
 387     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 388 };
 389
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // conditional compilation
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 396 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 397 #endif
 398
 399 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 400 // globals
 401 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 402
 403 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 404 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 405     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 406     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 407 #endif
 408
 409 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 410 // constants
 411 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 412
 413 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 414 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 415
 416 // scroll line size
 417 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 418 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 419 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 420 //
 421 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 422 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 423 //       -- Robin
 424 //
 425 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 426 //       fixing anyhow
 427 //       -- Vadim
 428 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 429 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 430
 431 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 432 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 433 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 434
 435 #if 0
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // private functions
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 441 {
 442     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 443 }
 444
 445 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 446 {
 447     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 448 }
 449 #endif
 450
 451 // ============================================================================
 452 // implementation
 453 // ============================================================================
 454
 455 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 456 // wxGridCellEditor
 457 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 458
 459 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 460 {
 461     m_control = NULL;
 462     m_attr = NULL;
 463 }
 464
 465 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 466 {
 467     Destroy();
 468 }
 469
 470 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 471                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 472                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 473 {
 474     if ( evtHandler )
 475         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 476 }
 477
 478 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 479                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 480 {
 481     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 482     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 483     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 484     if (gridWindow)
 485         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 486
 487     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 488     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 489     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 490
 491     // redraw the control we just painted over
 492     m_control->Refresh();
 493 }
 494
 495 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 496 {
 497     if (m_control)
 498     {
 499         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 500
 501         m_control->Destroy();
 502         m_control = NULL;
 503     }
 504 }
 505
 506 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 509
 510     m_control->Show(show);
 511
 512     if ( show )
 513     {
 514         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 515         if ( attr )
 516         {
 517             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 518             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 519
 520             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 521             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 522
 523 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 524 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 525             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 526             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 527 #endif
 528
 529             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 530             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 531         }
 532     }
 533     else
 534     {
 535         // restore the standard colours fonts
 536         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 537         {
 538             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 539             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 540         }
 541
 542         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 543         {
 544             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 545             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 546         }
 547
 548 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 549 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 550         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 551         {
 552             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 553             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 554         }
 555 #endif
 556     }
 557 }
 558
 559 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 560 {
 561     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 562
 563     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 564 }
 565
 566 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 567 {
 568     event.Skip();
 569 }
 570
 571 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 572 {
 573     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 574     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 575
 576 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 577     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 578     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 579     alt = event.MetaDown();
 580 #endif
 581
 582     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 583     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 584     // through in that case.
 585     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 586         return false;
 587
 588     int key = 0;
 589     bool keyOk = true;
 590
 591 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 592     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 593     // editor.
 594     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 595         return false;
 596 #endif
 597 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 598     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 599     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 600     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 601     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 602     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 603     if (key <= 127)
 604     {
 605         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 606         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 607     }
 608 #else
 609     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 610     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 611 #endif
 612
 613     return keyOk;
 614 }
 615
 616 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 617 {
 618     event.Skip();
 619 }
 620
 621 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 622 {
 623 }
 624
 625 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 626
 627 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 628 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 629 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 630
 631 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 632 {
 633     m_maxChars = 0;
 634 }
 635
 636 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 637                                   wxWindowID id,
 638                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 639 {
 640     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 644                                     wxWindowID id,
 645                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 646                                     long style)
 647 {
 648     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
 649              wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
 650              wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
 651              wxNO_BORDER;
 652
 653     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 654                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 655                                style);
 656
 657     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 658     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 659     {
 660         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 661     }
 662
 663     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 664 }
 665
 666 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 667                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 668 {
 669     // as we fill the entire client area,
 670     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 671 }
 672
 673 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 674 {
 675     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 676
 677     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 678     //
 679     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 680     //
 681 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 682     if (rect.x != 0)
 683     {
 684         rect.x += 1;
 685         rect.y += 1;
 686         rect.width -= 1;
 687         rect.height -= 1;
 688     }
 689 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 690     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 691         rect.x += 2;
 692     else
 693         rect.x += 3;
 694
 695     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 696         rect.y += 2;
 697     else
 698         rect.y += 3;
 699
 700     rect.width -= 2;
 701     rect.height -= 2;
 702 #else
 703     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 704     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 705
 706     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 707         extra_x *= 2;
 708         extra_y *= 2;
 709     #endif
 710
 711     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 712     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 713     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 714     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 715 #endif
 716
 717     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 718 }
 719
 720 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 721 {
 722     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 723
 724     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 725
 726     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 727 }
 728
 729 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 730 {
 731     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 732     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 733     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 734     Text()->SetFocus();
 735 }
 736
 737 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 738 {
 739     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 740
 741     bool changed = false;
 742     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 743     if (value != m_startValue)
 744         changed = true;
 745
 746     if (changed)
 747         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 748
 749     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 750
 751     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 752     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 753
 754     return changed;
 755 }
 756
 757 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 758 {
 759     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 760
 761     DoReset(m_startValue);
 762 }
 763
 764 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 765 {
 766     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 767     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 768 }
 769
 770 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 771 {
 772     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 773 }
 774
 775 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 776 {
 777     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 778     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 779     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 780     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 781
 782     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 783     wxChar ch;
 784     long pos;
 785
 786 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 787     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 788     if (ch <= 127)
 789         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 790 #else
 791     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 792 #endif
 793
 794     switch (ch)
 795     {
 796         case WXK_DELETE:
 797             // delete the character at the cursor
 798             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 799             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 800                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 801             break;
 802
 803         case WXK_BACK:
 804             // delete the character before the cursor
 805             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 806             if (pos > 0)
 807                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 808             break;
 809
 810         default:
 811             tc->WriteText(ch);
 812             break;
 813     }
 814 }
 815
 816 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 817                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 818 {
 819 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 820     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 821     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 822     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 823     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 824     Text()->SetValue(s);
 825     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 826 #else
 827     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 828     //
 829     event.Skip();
 830 #endif
 831 }
 832
 833 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 834 {
 835     if ( !params )
 836     {
 837         // reset to default
 838         m_maxChars = 0;
 839     }
 840     else
 841     {
 842         long tmp;
 843         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 844         {
 845             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 846         }
 847         else
 848         {
 849             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 850         }
 851     }
 852 }
 853
 854 // return the value in the text control
 855 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 856 {
 857     return Text()->GetValue();
 858 }
 859
 860 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 861 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 862 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 863
 864 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 865 {
 866     m_min = min;
 867     m_max = max;
 868 }
 869
 870 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 871                                     wxWindowID id,
 872                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 873 {
 874 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 875     if ( HasRange() )
 876     {
 877         // create a spin ctrl
 878         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 879                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 880                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 881                                    m_min, m_max);
 882
 883         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 884     }
 885     else
 886 #endif
 887     {
 888         // just a text control
 889         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 890
 891 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 892         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 893 #endif
 894     }
 895 }
 896
 897 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 898 {
 899     // first get the value
 900     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 901     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 902     {
 903         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 904     }
 905     else
 906     {
 907         m_valueOld = 0;
 908         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 909         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 910         {
 911             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 912             return;
 913         }
 914     }
 915
 916 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 917     if ( HasRange() )
 918     {
 919         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 920         Spin()->SetFocus();
 921     }
 922     else
 923 #endif
 924     {
 925         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 926     }
 927 }
 928
 929 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 930                                      wxGrid* grid)
 931 {
 932     bool changed;
 933     long value = 0;
 934     wxString text;
 935
 936 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 937     if ( HasRange() )
 938     {
 939         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 940         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 941         if (changed)
 942             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 943     }
 944     else
 945 #endif
 946     {
 947         text = Text()->GetValue();
 948         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 949     }
 950
 951     if ( changed )
 952     {
 953         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 954             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 955         else
 956             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 957     }
 958
 959     return changed;
 960 }
 961
 962 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 963 {
 964 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 965     if ( HasRange() )
 966     {
 967         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 968     }
 969     else
 970 #endif
 971     {
 972         DoReset(GetString());
 973     }
 974 }
 975
 976 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 977 {
 978     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 979     {
 980         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 981         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 982              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 983         {
 984             return true;
 985         }
 986     }
 987
 988     return false;
 989 }
 990
 991 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 992 {
 993     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 994     if ( !HasRange() )
 995     {
 996         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 997         {
 998             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 999
1000             // skip Skip() below
1001             return;
1002         }
1003     }
1004 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1005     else
1006     {
1007         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1008         {
1009             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1010             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1011             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1012             return;
1013         }
1014     }
1015 #endif
1016
1017     event.Skip();
1018 }
1019
1020 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1021 {
1022     if ( !params )
1023     {
1024         // reset to default
1025         m_min =
1026         m_max = -1;
1027     }
1028     else
1029     {
1030         long tmp;
1031         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1032         {
1033             m_min = (int)tmp;
1034
1035             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1036             {
1037                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1038
1039                 // skip the error message below
1040                 return;
1041             }
1042         }
1043
1044         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1045     }
1046 }
1047
1048 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1049 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1050 {
1051     wxString s;
1052
1053 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1054     if ( HasRange() )
1055     {
1056         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1057         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1058     }
1059     else
1060 #endif
1061     {
1062         s = Text()->GetValue();
1063     }
1064
1065     return s;
1066 }
1067
1068 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1069 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1070 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1071
1072 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1073 {
1074     m_width = width;
1075     m_precision = precision;
1076 }
1077
1078 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1079                                    wxWindowID id,
1080                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1081 {
1082     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1083
1084 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1085     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1086 #endif
1087 }
1088
1089 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1090 {
1091     // first get the value
1092     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1093     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1094     {
1095         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1096     }
1097     else
1098     {
1099         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1100         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1101         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1102         {
1103             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1104             return;
1105         }
1106     }
1107
1108     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1109 }
1110
1111 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1112                                      wxGrid* grid)
1113 {
1114     double value = 0.0;
1115     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1116
1117     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1118             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1119     {
1120         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1121             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1122         else
1123             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1124
1125         return true;
1126     }
1127
1128     return false;
1129 }
1130
1131 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1132 {
1133     DoReset(GetString());
1134 }
1135
1136 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1137 {
1138     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1139     char tmpbuf[2];
1140     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1141     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1142     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1143
1144 #if wxUSE_INTL
1145     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1146        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1147 #else
1148     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1149 #endif
1150
1151     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1152          || is_decimal_point )
1153     {
1154         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1155
1156         // skip Skip() below
1157         return;
1158     }
1159
1160     event.Skip();
1161 }
1162
1163 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1164 {
1165     if ( !params )
1166     {
1167         // reset to default
1168         m_width =
1169         m_precision = -1;
1170     }
1171     else
1172     {
1173         long tmp;
1174         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1175         {
1176             m_width = (int)tmp;
1177
1178             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1179             {
1180                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1181
1182                 // skip the error message below
1183                 return;
1184             }
1185         }
1186
1187         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1188     }
1189 }
1190
1191 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1192 {
1193     wxString fmt;
1194     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1195     {
1196         // default precision
1197         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1198     }
1199     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1200     {
1201         // default width
1202         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1203     }
1204     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1205     {
1206         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1207     }
1208     else
1209     {
1210         // default width/precision
1211         fmt = _T("%f");
1212     }
1213
1214     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1215 }
1216
1217 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1218 {
1219     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1220     {
1221         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1222         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1223         {
1224             char tmpbuf[2];
1225             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1226             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1227             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1228
1229 #if wxUSE_INTL
1230             const wxString decimalPoint =
1231                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1232 #else
1233             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1234 #endif
1235
1236             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1237             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1238                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1239                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1240                             keycode == '+' ||
1241                                 keycode == '-' )
1242             {
1243                 return true;
1244             }
1245         }
1246     }
1247
1248     return false;
1249 }
1250
1251 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1252
1253 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1254
1255 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1256 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1257 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1258
1259 // the default values for GetValue()
1260 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1261
1262 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1263                                   wxWindowID id,
1264                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1265 {
1266     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1267                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1268                                wxNO_BORDER);
1269
1270     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1271 }
1272
1273 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1274 {
1275     bool resize = false;
1276     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1277     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1278
1279     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1280     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1281     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1282     {
1283         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1284         size = sizeBest;
1285
1286         resize = true;
1287     }
1288
1289     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1290     {
1291         // leave 1 pixel margin
1292         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1293
1294         resize = true;
1295     }
1296
1297     if ( resize )
1298     {
1299         m_control->SetSize(size);
1300     }
1301
1302     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1303
1304 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1305     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1306     // so shift it to the right
1307     size.x -= 8;
1308 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1309     // here too, but in other way
1310     size.x += 1;
1311     size.y -= 2;
1312 #endif
1313
1314     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1315     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1316     if (GetCellAttr())
1317         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1318
1319     int x = 0, y = 0;
1320     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1321     {
1322         x = r.x + 2;
1323
1324 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1325         x += 2;
1326 #endif
1327
1328         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1329     }
1330     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1331     {
1332         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1333         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1334     }
1335     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1336     {
1337         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1338         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1339     }
1340
1341     m_control->Move(x, y);
1342 }
1343
1344 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1345 {
1346     m_control->Show(show);
1347
1348     if ( show )
1349     {
1350         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1351         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1352     }
1353 }
1354
1355 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1356 {
1357     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1358                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1359
1360     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1361     {
1362         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1363     }
1364     else
1365     {
1366         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1367
1368         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1369             m_startValue = false;
1370         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1371             m_startValue = true;
1372         else
1373         {
1374             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1375             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1376             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1377             // know about it
1378             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1379         }
1380     }
1381
1382     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1383     CBox()->SetFocus();
1384 }
1385
1386 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1387                                    wxGrid* grid)
1388 {
1389     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1390                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1391
1392     bool changed = false;
1393     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1394     if ( value != m_startValue )
1395         changed = true;
1396
1397     if ( changed )
1398     {
1399         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1400         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1401             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1402         else
1403             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1404     }
1405
1406     return changed;
1407 }
1408
1409 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1410 {
1411     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1412                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1413
1414     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1415 }
1416
1417 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1418 {
1419     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1420 }
1421
1422 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1423 {
1424     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1425     {
1426         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1427         switch ( keycode )
1428         {
1429             case WXK_SPACE:
1430             case '+':
1431             case '-':
1432                 return true;
1433         }
1434     }
1435
1436     return false;
1437 }
1438
1439 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1440 {
1441     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1442     switch ( keycode )
1443     {
1444         case WXK_SPACE:
1445             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1446             break;
1447
1448         case '+':
1449             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1450             break;
1451
1452         case '-':
1453             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1454             break;
1455     }
1456 }
1457
1458 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1459 {
1460   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1461 }
1462
1463 /* static */ void
1464 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1465                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1466 {
1467     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1468     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1469 }
1470
1471 /* static */ bool
1472 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1473 {
1474     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1475 }
1476
1477 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1478
1479 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1480
1481 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1482 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1483 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1484
1485 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1486                                                bool allowOthers)
1487     : m_choices(choices),
1488       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1489
1490 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1491                                                const wxString choices[],
1492                                                bool allowOthers)
1493                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1494 {
1495     if ( count )
1496     {
1497         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1498         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1499         {
1500             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1501         }
1502     }
1503 }
1504
1505 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1506 {
1507     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1508     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1509     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1510
1511     return editor;
1512 }
1513
1514 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1515                                     wxWindowID id,
1516                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1517 {
1518     int style = wxBORDER_NONE;
1519     if (!m_allowOthers)
1520         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1521     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1522                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1523                                m_choices, style );
1524
1525     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1526 }
1527
1528 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1529                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1530 {
1531     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1532     // flicker
1533
1534     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1535     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1536     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1537     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1538 }
1539
1540 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1541 {
1542     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1543                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1544
1545     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1546     if (m_control)
1547         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1548
1549     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1550     if (evtHandler)
1551         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1552
1553     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1554
1555     if (m_allowOthers)
1556     {
1557         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1558         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1559     }
1560     else // the combobox is read-only
1561     {
1562         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1563         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1564         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1565             pos = 0;
1566         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1567     }
1568
1569     Combo()->SetFocus();
1570
1571     if (evtHandler)
1572     {
1573         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1574         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1575 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1576         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1577 #endif
1578     }
1579 }
1580
1581 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1582                                      wxGrid* grid)
1583 {
1584     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1585     if ( value == m_startValue )
1586         return false;
1587
1588     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1589
1590     return true;
1591 }
1592
1593 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1594 {
1595     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1596     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1600 {
1601     if ( !params )
1602     {
1603         // what can we do?
1604         return;
1605     }
1606
1607     m_choices.Empty();
1608
1609     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1610     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1611     {
1612         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1613     }
1614 }
1615
1616 // return the value in the text control
1617 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1618 {
1619   return Combo()->GetValue();
1620 }
1621
1622 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1623
1624 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1625 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1626 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1627
1628 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1629 {
1630     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1631     if (m_inSetFocus)
1632         return;
1633
1634     // accept changes
1635     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1636
1637     event.Skip();
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1641 {
1642     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1643     {
1644         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1645             m_editor->Reset();
1646             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1647             break;
1648
1649         case WXK_TAB:
1650             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1651             break;
1652
1653         case WXK_RETURN:
1654         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1655             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1656                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1657             break;
1658
1659         default:
1660             event.Skip();
1661             break;
1662     }
1663 }
1664
1665 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1666 {
1667     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1668     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1669     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1670     int cw, ch;
1671     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1672
1673     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1674     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1675
1676     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1677     {
1678         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1679         case WXK_TAB:
1680         case WXK_RETURN:
1681         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1682             break;
1683
1684         case WXK_HOME:
1685         {
1686             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1687             {
1688                 // no special processing needed...
1689                 event.Skip();
1690                 break;
1691             }
1692
1693             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1694
1695             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1696             int colXPos = 0;
1697             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1698             {
1699                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1700             }
1701
1702             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1703             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1704             if (col != 0)
1705             {
1706                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1707             }
1708             else
1709             {
1710                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1711             }
1712             event.Skip();
1713             break;
1714         }
1715
1716         case WXK_END:
1717         {
1718             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1719             {
1720                 // no special processing needed...
1721                 event.Skip();
1722                 break;
1723             }
1724
1725             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1726
1727             int textWidth = 0;
1728             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1729             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1730             {
1731                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1732                 int y;
1733                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1734                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1735
1736                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1737                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1738
1739                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1740                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1741                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1742                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1743                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1744                 {
1745                     textWidth = 0;
1746                 }
1747             }
1748
1749             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1750             int colXPos = 0;
1751             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1752             {
1753                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1754             }
1755
1756             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1757             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1758             colXPos += textWidth;
1759
1760             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1761             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1762             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1763             event.Skip();
1764             break;
1765         }
1766
1767         default:
1768             event.Skip();
1769             break;
1770     }
1771 }
1772
1773 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1774 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1775 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1776 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1777
1778 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1779 {
1780     // nothing to do
1781 }
1782
1783 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1784 {
1785 }
1786
1787 // ============================================================================
1788 // renderer classes
1789 // ============================================================================
1790
1791 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1792 // wxGridCellRenderer
1793 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1794
1795 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1796                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1797                               wxDC& dc,
1798                               const wxRect& rect,
1799                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1800                               bool isSelected)
1801 {
1802     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1803
1804     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1805     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1806     {
1807         if ( isSelected )
1808         {
1809             wxColour clr;
1810             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1811                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1812             else
1813                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1814             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxSOLID) );
1815         }
1816         else
1817         {
1818             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1819         }
1820     }
1821     else
1822     {
1823         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1824     }
1825
1826     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1827     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1828 }
1829
1830 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1831 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1832 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1833
1834 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1835                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1836                                                      wxDC& dc,
1837                                                      bool isSelected)
1838 {
1839     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1840
1841     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1842
1843     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1844     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1845     {
1846         if ( isSelected )
1847         {
1848             wxColour clr;
1849             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1850                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1851             else
1852                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1853             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1854             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1855         }
1856         else
1857         {
1858             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1859             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1860         }
1861     }
1862     else
1863     {
1864         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1865         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1866     }
1867
1868     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1869 }
1870
1871 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1872                                                wxDC& dc,
1873                                                const wxString& text)
1874 {
1875     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1876     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1877     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1878     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1879     {
1880         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1881         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1882     }
1883
1884     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1885
1886     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1887 }
1888
1889 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1890                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1891                                              wxDC& dc,
1892                                              int row, int col)
1893 {
1894     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1895 }
1896
1897 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1898                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1899                                     wxDC& dc,
1900                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1901                                     int row, int col,
1902                                     bool isSelected)
1903 {
1904     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1905     rect.Inflate(-1);
1906
1907     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1908     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1909
1910     int hAlign, vAlign;
1911     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1912
1913     int overflowCols = 0;
1914
1915     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1916     {
1917         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1918         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1919         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1920         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1921         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1922         {
1923             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1924             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1925             {
1926                 bool is_empty = true;
1927                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1928                 {
1929                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1930                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1931                     if (c_rows > 0)
1932                         c_rows = 0;
1933                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1934                     {
1935                         is_empty = false;
1936                         break;
1937                     }
1938                 }
1939
1940                 if (is_empty)
1941                 {
1942                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1943                 }
1944                 else
1945                 {
1946                     i--;
1947                     break;
1948                 }
1949
1950                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1951                     break;
1952             }
1953
1954             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1955             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1956                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1957         }
1958
1959         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1960         {
1961             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1962             wxRect clip = rect;
1963             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1964             // draw each overflow cell individually
1965             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1966             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1967                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1968             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1969             {
1970                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1971                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1972                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1973
1974                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1975                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1976
1977                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1978                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1979                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1980             }
1981
1982             rect = rectCell;
1983             rect.Inflate(-1);
1984             rect.width++;
1985             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1986         }
1987     }
1988
1989     // now we only have to draw the text
1990     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1991
1992     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1993                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1994 }
1995
1996 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1998 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999
2000 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2001 {
2002     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2003     wxString text;
2004     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2005     {
2006         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2007     }
2008     else
2009     {
2010         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2011     }
2012
2013     return text;
2014 }
2015
2016 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2017                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2018                                     wxDC& dc,
2019                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2020                                     int row, int col,
2021                                     bool isSelected)
2022 {
2023     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2024
2025     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2026
2027     // draw the text right aligned by default
2028     int hAlign, vAlign;
2029     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2030     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2031
2032     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2033     rect.Inflate(-1);
2034
2035     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2036 }
2037
2038 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2039                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2040                                              wxDC& dc,
2041                                              int row, int col)
2042 {
2043     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2044 }
2045
2046 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2047 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2048 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2049
2050 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2051 {
2052     SetWidth(width);
2053     SetPrecision(precision);
2054 }
2055
2056 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2057 {
2058     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2059     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2060     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2061     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2062
2063     return renderer;
2064 }
2065
2066 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2067 {
2068     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2069
2070     bool hasDouble;
2071     double val;
2072     wxString text;
2073     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2074     {
2075         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2076         hasDouble = true;
2077     }
2078     else
2079     {
2080         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2081         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2082     }
2083
2084     if ( hasDouble )
2085     {
2086         if ( !m_format )
2087         {
2088             if ( m_width == -1 )
2089             {
2090                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2091                 {
2092                     // default width/precision
2093                     m_format = _T("%f");
2094                 }
2095                 else
2096                 {
2097                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2098                 }
2099             }
2100             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2101             {
2102                 // default precision
2103                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2104             }
2105             else
2106             {
2107                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2108             }
2109         }
2110
2111         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2112
2113     }
2114     //else: text already contains the string
2115
2116     return text;
2117 }
2118
2119 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2120                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2121                                    wxDC& dc,
2122                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2123                                    int row, int col,
2124                                    bool isSelected)
2125 {
2126     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2127
2128     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2129
2130     // draw the text right aligned by default
2131     int hAlign, vAlign;
2132     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2133     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2134
2135     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2136     rect.Inflate(-1);
2137
2138     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2139 }
2140
2141 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2142                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2143                                             wxDC& dc,
2144                                             int row, int col)
2145 {
2146     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2147 }
2148
2149 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2150 {
2151     if ( !params )
2152     {
2153         // reset to defaults
2154         SetWidth(-1);
2155         SetPrecision(-1);
2156     }
2157     else
2158     {
2159         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2160         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2161         {
2162             long width;
2163             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2164             {
2165                 SetWidth((int)width);
2166             }
2167             else
2168             {
2169                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2170             }
2171         }
2172
2173         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2174         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2175         {
2176             long precision;
2177             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2178             {
2179                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2180             }
2181             else
2182             {
2183                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2184             }
2185         }
2186     }
2187 }
2188
2189 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2190 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2191 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2192
2193 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2194
2195 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2196
2197 // between checkmark and box
2198 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2199
2200 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2201                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2202                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2203                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2204                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2205 {
2206     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2207     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2208     {
2209         // get checkbox size
2210         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2211         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2212         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2213
2214 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2215         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2216 #endif
2217
2218         delete checkbox;
2219
2220         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2221     }
2222
2223     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2224 }
2225
2226 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2227                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2228                                   wxDC& dc,
2229                                   const wxRect& rect,
2230                                   int row, int col,
2231                                   bool isSelected)
2232 {
2233     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2234
2235     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2236     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2237
2238     // don't draw outside the cell
2239     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2240     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2241     {
2242         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2243         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2244     }
2245
2246     // draw a border around checkmark
2247     int vAlign, hAlign;
2248     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2249
2250     wxRect rectBorder;
2251     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2252     {
2253         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2254         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2255         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2256         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2257     }
2258     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2259     {
2260         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2261         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2262         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2263         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2264     }
2265     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2266     {
2267         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2268         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2269         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2270         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2271     }
2272
2273     bool value;
2274     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2275     {
2276         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2277     }
2278     else
2279     {
2280         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2281         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2282     }
2283
2284     int flags = 0;
2285     if (value)
2286         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2287
2288     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2289 }
2290
2291 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2292 // wxGridCellAttr
2293 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2294
2295 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2296 {
2297     m_nRef = 1;
2298
2299     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2300
2301     m_renderer = NULL;
2302     m_editor = NULL;
2303
2304     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2305
2306     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2307     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2308
2309     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2310 }
2311
2312 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2313 {
2314     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2315
2316     if ( HasTextColour() )
2317         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2318     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2319         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2320     if ( HasFont() )
2321         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2322     if ( HasAlignment() )
2323         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2324
2325     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2326
2327     if ( m_renderer )
2328     {
2329         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2330         m_renderer->IncRef();
2331     }
2332     if ( m_editor )
2333     {
2334         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2335         m_editor->IncRef();
2336     }
2337
2338     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2339         attr->SetReadOnly();
2340
2341     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2342     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2343
2344     return attr;
2345 }
2346
2347 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2348 {
2349     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2350         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2351     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2352         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2353     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2354         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2355     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2356     {
2357         int hAlign, vAlign;
2358         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2359         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2360     }
2361     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2362         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2363
2364     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2365     // m_renderer/m_editor
2366     //
2367     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2368     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2369     {
2370         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2371         m_renderer->IncRef();
2372     }
2373     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2374     {
2375         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2376         m_editor->IncRef();
2377     }
2378     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2379         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2380
2381     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2382         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2383
2384     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2385 }
2386
2387 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2388 {
2389     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2390
2391     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2392     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2393     // set to negative or zero values such that
2394     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2395     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2396
2397     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2398
2399     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2400                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2401                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2402                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2403
2404     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2405     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2406 }
2407
2408 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2409 {
2410     if (HasTextColour())
2411     {
2412         return m_colText;
2413     }
2414     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2415     {
2416         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2417     }
2418     else
2419     {
2420         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2421         return wxNullColour;
2422     }
2423 }
2424
2425 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2426 {
2427     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2428     {
2429         return m_colBack;
2430     }
2431     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2432     {
2433         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2434     }
2435     else
2436     {
2437         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2438         return wxNullColour;
2439     }
2440 }
2441
2442 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2443 {
2444     if (HasFont())
2445     {
2446         return m_font;
2447     }
2448     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2449     {
2450         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2451     }
2452     else
2453     {
2454         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2455         return wxNullFont;
2456     }
2457 }
2458
2459 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2460 {
2461     if (HasAlignment())
2462     {
2463         if ( hAlign )
2464             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2465         if ( vAlign )
2466             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2467     }
2468     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2469     {
2470         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2471     }
2472     else
2473     {
2474         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2475     }
2476 }
2477
2478 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2479 {
2480     if ( num_rows )
2481         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2482     if ( num_cols )
2483         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2484 }
2485
2486 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2487 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2488 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2489 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2490 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2491 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2492
2493 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2494 {
2495     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2496
2497     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2498     {
2499         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2500         renderer = m_renderer;
2501         renderer->IncRef();
2502     }
2503     else // no non-default cell renderer
2504     {
2505         // get default renderer for the data type
2506         if ( grid )
2507         {
2508             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2509             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2510         }
2511
2512         if ( renderer == NULL )
2513         {
2514             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2515             {
2516                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2517                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2518                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2519             }
2520             else // default grid attr
2521             {
2522                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2523                 renderer = m_renderer;
2524                 if ( renderer )
2525                     renderer->IncRef();
2526             }
2527         }
2528     }
2529
2530     // we're supposed to always find something
2531     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2532
2533     return renderer;
2534 }
2535
2536 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2537 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2538 {
2539     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2540
2541     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2542     {
2543         // use the cells editor if it has one
2544         editor = m_editor;
2545         editor->IncRef();
2546     }
2547     else // no non default cell editor
2548     {
2549         // get default editor for the data type
2550         if ( grid )
2551         {
2552             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2553             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2554         }
2555
2556         if ( editor == NULL )
2557         {
2558             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2559             {
2560                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2561                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2562                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2563             }
2564             else // default grid attr
2565             {
2566                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2567                 editor = m_editor;
2568                 if ( editor )
2569                     editor->IncRef();
2570             }
2571         }
2572     }
2573
2574     // we're supposed to always find something
2575     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2576
2577     return editor;
2578 }
2579
2580 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2581 // wxGridCellAttrData
2582 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2583
2584 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2585 {
2586     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2587     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2588     {
2589         // add the attribute
2590         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2591     }
2592     else
2593     {
2594         // free the old attribute
2595         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2596
2597         if ( attr )
2598         {
2599             // change the attribute
2600             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2601         }
2602         else
2603         {
2604             // remove this attribute
2605             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2606         }
2607     }
2608 }
2609
2610 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2611 {
2612     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2613
2614     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2615     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2616     {
2617         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2618         attr->IncRef();
2619     }
2620
2621     return attr;
2622 }
2623
2624 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2625 {
2626     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2627     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2628     {
2629         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2630         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2631         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2632         {
2633             if (numRows > 0)
2634             {
2635                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2636                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2637             }
2638             else if (numRows < 0)
2639             {
2640                 // If rows deleted ...
2641                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2642                 {
2643                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2644                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2645                 }
2646                 else
2647                 {
2648                     // ...or remove the attribute
2649                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2650                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2651                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2652                     n--;
2653                     count--;
2654                 }
2655             }
2656         }
2657     }
2658 }
2659
2660 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2661 {
2662     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2663     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2664     {
2665         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2666         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2667         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2668         {
2669             if ( numCols > 0 )
2670             {
2671                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2672                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2673             }
2674             else if (numCols < 0)
2675             {
2676                 // If rows deleted ...
2677                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2678                 {
2679                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2680                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2681                 }
2682                 else
2683                 {
2684                     // ...or remove the attribute
2685                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2686                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2687                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2688                     n--;
2689                     count--;
2690                 }
2691             }
2692         }
2693     }
2694 }
2695
2696 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2697 {
2698     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2699     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2700     {
2701         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2702         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2703         {
2704             return n;
2705         }
2706     }
2707
2708     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2709 }
2710
2711 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2712 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2713 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2714
2715 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2716 {
2717     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2718     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2719     {
2720         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2721     }
2722 }
2723
2724 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2725 {
2726     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2727
2728     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2729     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2730     {
2731         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2732         attr->IncRef();
2733     }
2734
2735     return attr;
2736 }
2737
2738 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2739 {
2740     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2741     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2742     {
2743         if ( attr )
2744         {
2745             // add the attribute
2746             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2747             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2748         }
2749         // nothing to remove
2750     }
2751     else
2752     {
2753         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2754         if ( attr )
2755         {
2756             // change the attribute
2757             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2758             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2759         }
2760         else
2761         {
2762             // remove this attribute
2763             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2764             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2765             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2766         }
2767     }
2768 }
2769
2770 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2771 {
2772     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2773     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2774     {
2775         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2776         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2777         {
2778             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2779             {
2780                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2781                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2782             }
2783             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2784             {
2785                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2786                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2787                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2788                 else
2789                 {
2790                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2791                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2792                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2793                     n--;
2794                     count--;
2795                 }
2796             }
2797         }
2798     }
2799 }
2800
2801 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2802 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2803 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2804
2805 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2806 {
2807     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2808 }
2809
2810 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2811 {
2812     delete m_data;
2813 }
2814
2815 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2816 {
2817     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2818 }
2819
2820 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2821                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2822 {
2823     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2824     if ( m_data )
2825     {
2826         switch (kind)
2827         {
2828             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2829                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2830                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2831                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2832                 if (!attr)
2833                 {
2834                     // Basically implement old version.
2835                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2836                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2837                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2838                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2839
2840                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2841                     {
2842                         // Two or more are non NULL
2843                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2844                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2845
2846                         // Order is important..
2847                         if (attrcell)
2848                         {
2849                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2850                             attrcell->DecRef();
2851                         }
2852                         if (attrcol)
2853                         {
2854                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2855                             attrcol->DecRef();
2856                         }
2857                         if (attrrow)
2858                         {
2859                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2860                             attrrow->DecRef();
2861                         }
2862
2863                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2864                         //attr->IncRef();
2865                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2866                     }
2867                     else
2868                     {
2869                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2870                         if (attrrow)
2871                             attr = attrrow;
2872                         if (attrcol)
2873                         {
2874                             if (attr)
2875                                 attr->DecRef();
2876                             attr = attrcol;
2877                         }
2878                         if (attrcell)
2879                         {
2880                             if (attr)
2881                                 attr->DecRef();
2882                             attr = attrcell;
2883                         }
2884                     }
2885                 }
2886                 break;
2887
2888             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2889                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2890                 break;
2891
2892             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2893                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2894                 break;
2895
2896             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2897                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2898                 break;
2899
2900             default:
2901                 // unused as yet...
2902                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2903                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2904                 break;
2905         }
2906     }
2907
2908     return attr;
2909 }
2910
2911 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2912                                      int row, int col)
2913 {
2914     if ( !m_data )
2915         InitData();
2916
2917     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2918 }
2919
2920 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2921 {
2922     if ( !m_data )
2923         InitData();
2924
2925     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2926 }
2927
2928 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2929 {
2930     if ( !m_data )
2931         InitData();
2932
2933     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2934 }
2935
2936 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2937 {
2938     if ( m_data )
2939     {
2940         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2941
2942         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2943     }
2944 }
2945
2946 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2947 {
2948     if ( m_data )
2949     {
2950         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2951
2952         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2953     }
2954 }
2955
2956 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2957 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2958 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2959
2960 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2961 {
2962     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2963     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2964         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2965 }
2966
2967 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2968                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2969                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2970 {
2971     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2972
2973     // is it already registered?
2974     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2975     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2976     {
2977         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2978         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2979     }
2980     else
2981     {
2982         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2983     }
2984 }
2985
2986 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2987 {
2988     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2989     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2990     {
2991         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2992         {
2993             return i;
2994         }
2995     }
2996
2997     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2998 }
2999
3000 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3001 {
3002     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3003     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3004     {
3005         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3006         // register it "on the fly"
3007 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3008         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3009         {
3010             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3011                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3012                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3013         }
3014         else
3015 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3016 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3017         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3018         {
3019             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3020                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3021                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3022         }
3023         else
3024 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3025 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3026         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3027         {
3028             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3029                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3030                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3031         }
3032         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3033         {
3034             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3035                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3036                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3037         }
3038         else
3039 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3040 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3041         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3042         {
3043             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3044                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3045                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3046         }
3047         else
3048 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3049         {
3050             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3051         }
3052
3053         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3054         // the last index
3055         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3056     }
3057
3058     return index;
3059 }
3060
3061 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3062 {
3063     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3064     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3065     {
3066         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3067         // are the parameters for the renderer
3068         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3069         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3070         {
3071             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3072         }
3073
3074         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3075         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3076         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3077         rendererOld->DecRef();
3078
3079         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3080         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3081         editor = editor->Clone();
3082         editorOld->DecRef();
3083
3084         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3085         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3086         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3087         editor->SetParameters(params);
3088
3089         // register the new typename
3090         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3091
3092         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3093         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3094     }
3095
3096     return index;
3097 }
3098
3099 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3100 {
3101     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3102     if (renderer)
3103         renderer->IncRef();
3104
3105     return renderer;
3106 }
3107
3108 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3109 {
3110     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3111     if (editor)
3112         editor->IncRef();
3113
3114     return editor;
3115 }
3116
3117 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3118 // wxGridTableBase
3119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3120
3121 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3122
3123 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3124 {
3125     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3126     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3127 }
3128
3129 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3130 {
3131     delete m_attrProvider;
3132 }
3133
3134 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3135 {
3136     delete m_attrProvider;
3137     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3138 }
3139
3140 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3141 {
3142     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3143     {
3144         // use the default attr provider by default
3145         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3146     }
3147
3148     return true;
3149 }
3150
3151 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3152 {
3153     if ( m_attrProvider )
3154         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3155     else
3156         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3157 }
3158
3159 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3160 {
3161     if ( m_attrProvider )
3162     {
3163         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3164         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3165     }
3166     else
3167     {
3168         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3169         // free it now
3170         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3171     }
3172 }
3173
3174 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3175 {
3176     if ( m_attrProvider )
3177     {
3178         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3179         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3180     }
3181     else
3182     {
3183         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3184         // free it now
3185         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3186     }
3187 }
3188
3189 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3190 {
3191     if ( m_attrProvider )
3192     {
3193         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3194         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3195     }
3196     else
3197     {
3198         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3199         // free it now
3200         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3201     }
3202 }
3203
3204 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3205                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3206 {
3207     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3208
3209     return false;
3210 }
3211
3212 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3213 {
3214     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3215
3216     return false;
3217 }
3218
3219 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3220                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3221 {
3222     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3223
3224     return false;
3225 }
3226
3227 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3228                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3229 {
3230     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3231
3232     return false;
3233 }
3234
3235 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3236 {
3237     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3238
3239     return false;
3240 }
3241
3242 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3243                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3244 {
3245     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3246
3247     return false;
3248 }
3249
3250 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3251 {
3252     wxString s;
3253
3254     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3255     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3256     s << row + 1;
3257
3258     return s;
3259 }
3260
3261 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3262 {
3263     // default col labels are:
3264     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3265     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3266     //   etc.
3267
3268     wxString s;
3269     unsigned int i, n;
3270     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3271     {
3272         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3273         col = col / 26 - 1;
3274         if ( col < 0 )
3275             break;
3276     }
3277
3278     // reverse the string...
3279     wxString s2;
3280     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3281     {
3282         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3283     }
3284
3285     return s2;
3286 }
3287
3288 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3289 {
3290     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3291 }
3292
3293 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3294                                      const wxString& typeName )
3295 {
3296     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3297 }
3298
3299 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3300 {
3301     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3302 }
3303
3304 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3305 {
3306     return 0;
3307 }
3308
3309 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3310 {
3311     return 0.0;
3312 }
3313
3314 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3315 {
3316     return false;
3317 }
3318
3319 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3320                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3321 {
3322 }
3323
3324 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3325                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3326 {
3327 }
3328
3329 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3330                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3331 {
3332 }
3333
3334 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3335                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3336 {
3337     return NULL;
3338 }
3339
3340 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3341                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3342                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3343 {
3344 }
3345
3346 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3347 //
3348 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3349 // to the grid view
3350 //
3351
3352 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3353 {
3354     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3355     m_id = -1;
3356     m_comInt1 = -1;
3357     m_comInt2 = -1;
3358 }
3359
3360 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3361                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3362 {
3363     m_table = table;
3364     m_id = id;
3365     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3366     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3367 }
3368
3369 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3370 //
3371 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3372 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3373 //
3374
3375 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3376
3377 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3378
3379 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3380         : wxGridTableBase()
3381 {
3382 }
3383
3384 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3385         : wxGridTableBase()
3386 {
3387     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3388
3389     wxArrayString sa;
3390     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3391     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3392
3393     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3394 }
3395
3396 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3397 {
3398 }
3399
3400 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3401 {
3402     return m_data.GetCount();
3403 }
3404
3405 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3406 {
3407     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3408         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3409     else
3410         return 0;
3411 }
3412
3413 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3414 {
3415     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3416                  wxEmptyString,
3417                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3418
3419     return m_data[row][col];
3420 }
3421
3422 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3423 {
3424     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3425                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3426
3427     m_data[row][col] = value;
3428 }
3429
3430 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3431 {
3432     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3433                  true,
3434                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3435
3436     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3437 }
3438
3439 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3440 {
3441     int row, col;
3442     int numRows, numCols;
3443
3444     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3445     if ( numRows > 0 )
3446     {
3447         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3448
3449         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3450         {
3451             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3452             {
3453                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3454             }
3455         }
3456     }
3457 }
3458
3459 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3460 {
3461     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3462     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3463                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3464
3465     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3466     {
3467         return AppendRows( numRows );
3468     }
3469
3470     wxArrayString sa;
3471     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3472     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3473     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3474
3475     if ( GetView() )
3476     {
3477         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3478                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3479                                 pos,
3480                                 numRows );
3481
3482         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3483     }
3484
3485     return true;
3486 }
3487
3488 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3489 {
3490     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3491     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3492                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3493                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3494
3495     wxArrayString sa;
3496     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3497     {
3498         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3499         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3500     }
3501
3502     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3503
3504     if ( GetView() )
3505     {
3506         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3507                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3508                                 numRows );
3509
3510         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3511     }
3512
3513     return true;
3514 }
3515
3516 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3517 {
3518     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3519
3520     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3521     {
3522         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3523                     (
3524                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3525                         (unsigned long)pos,
3526                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3527                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3528                     ) );
3529
3530         return false;
3531     }
3532
3533     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3534     {
3535         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3536     }
3537
3538     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3539     {
3540         m_data.Clear();
3541     }
3542     else
3543     {
3544         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3545     }
3546
3547     if ( GetView() )
3548     {
3549         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3550                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3551                                 pos,
3552                                 numRows );
3553
3554         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3555     }
3556
3557     return true;
3558 }
3559
3560 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3561 {
3562     size_t row, col;
3563
3564     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3565     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3566                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3567                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3568
3569     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3570     {
3571         return AppendCols( numCols );
3572     }
3573
3574     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3575     {
3576         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3577
3578         size_t i;
3579         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3580             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3581     }
3582
3583     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3584     {
3585         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3586         {
3587             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3588         }
3589     }
3590
3591     if ( GetView() )
3592     {
3593         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3594                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3595                                 pos,
3596                                 numCols );
3597
3598         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3599     }
3600
3601     return true;
3602 }
3603
3604 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3605 {
3606     size_t row;
3607
3608     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3609
3610 #if 0
3611     if ( !curNumRows )
3612     {
3613         // TODO: something better than this ?
3614         //
3615         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3616         return false;
3617     }
3618 #endif
3619
3620     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3621     {
3622         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3623     }
3624
3625     if ( GetView() )
3626     {
3627         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3628                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3629                                 numCols );
3630
3631         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3632     }
3633
3634     return true;
3635 }
3636
3637 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3638 {
3639     size_t row;
3640
3641     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3642     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3643                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3644
3645     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3646     {
3647         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3648                     (
3649                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3650                         (unsigned long)pos,
3651                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3652                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3653                     ) );
3654         return false;
3655     }
3656
3657     int colID;
3658     if ( GetView() )
3659         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3660     else
3661         colID = pos;
3662
3663     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3664     {
3665         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3666     }
3667
3668     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3669     {
3670         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3671         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3672         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3673         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3674         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3675             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3676     }
3677
3678     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3679     {
3680         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3681         {
3682             m_data[row].Clear();
3683         }
3684         else
3685         {
3686             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3687         }
3688     }
3689
3690     if ( GetView() )
3691     {
3692         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3693                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3694                                 pos,
3695                                 numCols );
3696
3697         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3698     }
3699
3700     return true;
3701 }
3702
3703 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3704 {
3705     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3706     {
3707         // using default label
3708         //
3709         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3710     }
3711     else
3712     {
3713         return m_rowLabels[row];
3714     }
3715 }
3716
3717 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3718 {
3719     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3720     {
3721         // using default label
3722         //
3723         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3724     }
3725     else
3726     {
3727         return m_colLabels[col];
3728     }
3729 }
3730
3731 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3732 {
3733     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3734     {
3735         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3736         int i;
3737
3738         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3739         {
3740             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3741         }
3742     }
3743
3744     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3745 }
3746
3747 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3748 {
3749     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3750     {
3751         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3752         int i;
3753
3754         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3755         {
3756             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3757         }
3758     }
3759
3760     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3761 }
3762
3763
3764 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3765 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3766
3767 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3768     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3769 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3770
3771 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3772 {
3773     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3774 }
3775
3776 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3777
3778 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3779     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3780     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3781     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3782 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3783
3784 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3785                                             wxWindowID id,
3786                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3787   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3788 {
3789     m_owner = parent;
3790 }
3791
3792 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3793 {
3794     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3795
3796     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3797     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3798     // set the y coord  - MB
3799     //
3800     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3801
3802     int x, y;
3803     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3804     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3805     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3806
3807     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3808     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3812 {
3813     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3814 }
3815
3816 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3817 {
3818     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3819 }
3820
3821 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3822
3823 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3824
3825 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3826     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3827     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3828     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3829 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3830
3831 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3832                                             wxWindowID id,
3833                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3834   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3835 {
3836     m_owner = parent;
3837 }
3838
3839 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3840 {
3841     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3842
3843     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3844     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3845     // set the x coord  - MB
3846     //
3847     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3848
3849     int x, y;
3850     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3851     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3852     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3853         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3854     else
3855         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3856
3857     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3858     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3859 }
3860
3861 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3862 {
3863     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3864 }
3865
3866 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3867 {
3868     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3869 }
3870
3871 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3872
3873 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3874
3875 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3876     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3877     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3878     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3879 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3880
3881 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3882                                                   wxWindowID id,
3883                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3884   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3885 {
3886     m_owner = parent;
3887 }
3888
3889 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3890 {
3891     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3892
3893     int client_height = 0;
3894     int client_width = 0;
3895     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3896
3897     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3898 #if 0
3899 def __WXGTK__
3900     wxRect rect;
3901     rect.SetX( 1 );
3902     rect.SetY( 1 );
3903     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3904     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3905
3906     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3907 #else // !__WXGTK__
3908     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3909     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3910     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3911     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3912     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3913
3914     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3915     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3916     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3917 #endif
3918 }
3919
3920 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3921 {
3922     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3923 }
3924
3925 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3926 {
3927     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3928 }
3929
3930 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3931
3932 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3933
3934 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3935     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3936     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3937     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3938     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3939     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3940     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3941     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3942     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3943     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3944 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3945
3946 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3947                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3948                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3949                             wxWindowID id,
3950                             const wxPoint &pos,
3951                             const wxSize &size )
3952             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
3953                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
3954                               wxT("grid window") )
3955 {
3956     m_owner = parent;
3957     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3958     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3959 }
3960
3961 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3962 {
3963     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3964     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3965     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3966     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3967     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3968
3969 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3970     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3971 #endif
3972
3973     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3974     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3975 }
3976
3977 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3978 {
3979     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3980     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3981     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3985 {
3986     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3987         SetFocus();
3988
3989     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3990 }
3991
3992 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3993 {
3994     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3995 }
3996
3997 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3998 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3999 //
4000 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4001 {
4002     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4003         event.Skip();
4004 }
4005
4006 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4007 {
4008     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4009         event.Skip();
4010 }
4011
4012 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4013 {
4014     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4015         event.Skip();
4016 }
4017
4018 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4019 {
4020 }
4021
4022 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4023 {
4024     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4025     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4026     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4027     {
4028         Refresh();
4029     }
4030     else
4031     {
4032         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4033         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4034         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4035         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4036         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4037         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4038
4039         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4040         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4041                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4042         const wxRect cursor =
4043             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4044         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4045     }
4046
4047     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4048         event.Skip();
4049 }
4050
4051 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4052
4053 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4054 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4055 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4056 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4057
4058 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4059
4060 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4061                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4062                            bool clipToMinMax);
4063
4064 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4065 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4066                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4067                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4068
4069 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4070
4071 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4072 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4073
4074 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4075     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4076     // use them for streaming out
4077     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4078     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4079     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4080     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4081     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4082     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4083
4084     // old style border flags
4085     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4086     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4087     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4088     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4089     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4090     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4091
4092     // standard window styles
4093     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4094     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4095     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4096     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4097     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4098     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4099     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4100     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4101
4102 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4103
4104 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4105
4106 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4107     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4108     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4109 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4110
4111 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4112 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4113
4114 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4115
4116 /*
4117  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4118 */
4119 #else
4120 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4121 #endif
4122
4123 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4124     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4125     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4126     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4127     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4128     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4129     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4130 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4131
4132 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4133 {
4134     InitVars();
4135 }
4136
4137 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4138                  wxWindowID id,
4139                  const wxPoint& pos,
4140                  const wxSize& size,
4141                  long style,
4142                  const wxString& name )
4143 {
4144     InitVars();
4145     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4146 }
4147
4148 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4149                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4150                           long style, const wxString& name)
4151 {
4152     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4153                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4154         return false;
4155
4156     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4157     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4158
4159     Create();
4160     SetInitialSize(size);
4161     CalcDimensions();
4162
4163     return true;
4164 }
4165
4166 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4167 {
4168     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4169     SetTargetWindow(this);
4170     ClearAttrCache();
4171     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4172
4173 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4174     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4175     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4176                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4177              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4178              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4179 #endif
4180
4181     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4182     // with dangling view pointer
4183     if ( m_ownTable )
4184         delete m_table;
4185     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4186         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4187
4188     delete m_typeRegistry;
4189     delete m_selection;
4190 }
4191
4192 //
4193 // ----- internal init and update functions
4194 //
4195
4196 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4197 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4198 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4199
4200 void wxGrid::Create()
4201 {
4202     // create the type registry
4203     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4204
4205     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4206
4207     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4208
4209     // Set default cell attributes
4210     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4211     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4212     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4213     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4214     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4215     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4216
4217 #if _USE_VISATTR
4218     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4219     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4220
4221     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4222     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4223
4224 #else
4225     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4226         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4227     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4228         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4229 #endif
4230
4231     m_numRows = 0;
4232     m_numCols = 0;
4233     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4234
4235     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4236     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4237
4238     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4239     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4240                                               wxID_ANY,
4241                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4242                                               wxDefaultSize );
4243
4244     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4245                                               wxID_ANY,
4246                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4247                                               wxDefaultSize );
4248
4249     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4250                                                     wxID_ANY,
4251                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4252                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4253
4254     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4255                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4256                                   m_colLabelWin,
4257                                   wxID_ANY,
4258                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4259                                   wxDefaultSize );
4260
4261     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4262
4263 #if _USE_VISATTR
4264     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4265     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4266     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4267     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4268 #else
4269     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4270     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4271     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4272     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4273 #endif
4274
4275     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4276     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4277     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4278     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4279     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4280     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4281
4282     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4283     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4284
4285     Init();
4286 }
4287
4288 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4289                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4290 {
4291     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4292                  false,
4293                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4294
4295     m_numRows = numRows;
4296     m_numCols = numCols;
4297
4298     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4299     m_table->SetView( this );
4300     m_ownTable = true;
4301     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4302
4303     CalcDimensions();
4304
4305     m_created = true;
4306
4307     return m_created;
4308 }
4309
4310 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4311 {
4312     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4313                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4314
4315     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4316 }
4317
4318 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4319 {
4320     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4321                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4322
4323     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4324 }
4325
4326 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4327                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4328 {
4329     bool checkSelection = false;
4330     if ( m_created )
4331     {
4332         // stop all processing
4333         m_created = false;
4334
4335         if (m_table)
4336         {
4337             m_table->SetView(0);
4338             if( m_ownTable )
4339                 delete m_table;
4340             m_table = NULL;
4341         }
4342
4343         delete m_selection;
4344         m_selection = NULL;
4345
4346         m_ownTable = false;
4347         m_numRows = 0;
4348         m_numCols = 0;
4349         checkSelection = true;
4350
4351         // kill row and column size arrays
4352         m_colWidths.Empty();
4353         m_colRights.Empty();
4354         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4355         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4356     }
4357
4358     if (table)
4359     {
4360         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4361         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4362
4363         m_table = table;
4364         m_table->SetView( this );
4365         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4366         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4367         if (checkSelection)
4368         {
4369             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4370             // original one current cell and selection regions
4371             // might be invalid,
4372             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4373             m_currentCellCoords =
4374               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4375                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4376             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4377                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4378             {
4379                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4380                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4381             }
4382             else
4383                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4384                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4385                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4386                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4387                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4388         }
4389         CalcDimensions();
4390
4391         m_created = true;
4392     }
4393
4394     return m_created;
4395 }
4396
4397 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4398 {
4399     m_created = false;
4400
4401     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4402     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4403     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4404     m_gridWin = NULL;
4405
4406     m_table = NULL;
4407     m_ownTable = false;
4408
4409     m_selection = NULL;
4410     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4411     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4412     m_winCapture = NULL;
4413 }
4414
4415 void wxGrid::Init()
4416 {
4417     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4418     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4419
4420     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4421     {
4422         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4423     }
4424     else
4425     {
4426         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4427     }
4428
4429     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4430
4431     // init attr cache
4432     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4433     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4434     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4435
4436     // TODO: something better than this ?
4437     //
4438     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4439     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4440
4441     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4442     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4443
4444     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4445     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4446     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4447
4448     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4449     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4450
4451     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4452     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4453
4454 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4455     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4456 #else
4457     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4458 #endif
4459
4460     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4461     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4462     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4463     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4464     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4465
4466     m_canDragColMove = false;
4467
4468     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4469     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4470     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4471     m_canDragColSize = true;
4472     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4473     m_canDragCell = false;
4474     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4475     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4476     m_isDragging = false;
4477     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4478     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4479
4480     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4481
4482     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4483     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4484
4485     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4486
4487     ClearSelection();
4488
4489     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4490     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4491
4492     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4493
4494     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4495     m_batchCount = 0;
4496
4497     m_extraWidth =
4498     m_extraHeight = 0;
4499
4500     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4501     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4502 }
4503
4504 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4505 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4506 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4507 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4508 // arrays at all
4509 //
4510 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4511 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4512 // this is not done currently
4513 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4514
4515 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4516 {
4517     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4518     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4519
4520     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4521     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4522
4523     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4524
4525     int rowBottom = 0;
4526     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4527     {
4528         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4529         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4530     }
4531 }
4532
4533 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4534 {
4535     m_colWidths.Empty();
4536     m_colRights.Empty();
4537
4538     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4539     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4540
4541     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4542
4543     int colRight = 0;
4544     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4545     {
4546         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4547         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4548     }
4549 }
4550
4551 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4552 {
4553     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4554 }
4555
4556 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4557 {
4558     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4559                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4560 }
4561
4562 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4563 {
4564     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4565                                  : m_colRights[col];
4566 }
4567
4568 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4569 {
4570     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4571 }
4572
4573 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4574 {
4575     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4576                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4577 }
4578
4579 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4580 {
4581     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4582                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4583 }
4584
4585 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4586 {
4587     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4588     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4589     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4590
4591     w += m_extraWidth;
4592     h += m_extraHeight;
4593
4594     // take into account editor if shown
4595     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4596     {
4597         int w2, h2;
4598         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4599         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4600         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4601         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4602
4603         // how big is the editor
4604         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4605         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4606         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4607         w2 += x;
4608         h2 += y;
4609         if ( w2 > w )
4610             w = w2;
4611         if ( h2 > h )
4612             h = h2;
4613         editor->DecRef();
4614         attr->DecRef();
4615     }
4616
4617     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4618     int x, y;
4619     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4620
4621     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4622     if ( x >= w )
4623         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4624     if ( y >= h )
4625         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4626
4627     // do set scrollbar parameters
4628     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4629                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4630                    x, y,
4631                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4632
4633     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4634     // still must reposition the children
4635     CalcWindowSizes();
4636 }
4637
4638 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4639 {
4640     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4641
4642     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4643         return;
4644
4645     int cw, ch;
4646     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4647
4648     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4649     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4650     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4651     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4652     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4653     //
4654     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4655     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4656     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4657     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4658     {
4659         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4660         // the fixed size elements
4661         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4662         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4663
4664         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4665
4666         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4667         {
4668             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4669             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4670             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4671             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4672         }
4673     }
4674
4675     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4676     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4677     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4678     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4679     if (gw < 0)
4680         gw = 0;
4681     if (gh < 0)
4682         gh = 0;
4683
4684     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4685         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4686
4687     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4688         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4689
4690     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4691         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4692
4693     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4694         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4695 }
4696
4697 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4698 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4699 //
4700 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4701 {
4702     int i;
4703     bool result = false;
4704
4705     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4706     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4707     ClearAttrCache();
4708
4709     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4710     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4711     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4712     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4713     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4714     HideCellEditControl();
4715
4716 #if 0
4717     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4718     // now
4719     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4720     {
4721         InitColWidths();
4722     }
4723
4724     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4725     {
4726         InitRowHeights();
4727     }
4728 #endif
4729
4730     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4731     {
4732         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4733         {
4734             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4735             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4736
4737             m_numRows += numRows;
4738
4739             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4740             {
4741                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4742                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4743
4744                 int bottom = 0;
4745                 if ( pos > 0 )
4746                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4747
4748                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4749                 {
4750                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4751                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4752                 }
4753             }
4754
4755             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4756             {
4757                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4758                 // cell will be undefined...
4759                 //
4760                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4761             }
4762
4763             if ( m_selection )
4764                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4765             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4766             if (attrProvider)
4767                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4768
4769             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4770             {
4771                 CalcDimensions();
4772                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4773             }
4774         }
4775         result = true;
4776         break;
4777
4778         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4779         {
4780             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4781             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4782             m_numRows += numRows;
4783
4784             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4785             {
4786                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4787                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4788
4789                 int bottom = 0;
4790                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4791                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4792
4793                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4794                 {
4795                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4796                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4797                 }
4798             }
4799
4800             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4801             {
4802                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4803                 // cell will be undefined...
4804                 //
4805                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4806             }
4807
4808             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4809             {
4810                 CalcDimensions();
4811                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4812             }
4813         }
4814         result = true;
4815         break;
4816
4817         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4818         {
4819             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4820             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4821             m_numRows -= numRows;
4822
4823             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4824             {
4825                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4826                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4827
4828                 int h = 0;
4829                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4830                 {
4831                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4832                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4833                 }
4834             }
4835
4836             if ( !m_numRows )
4837             {
4838                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4839             }
4840             else
4841             {
4842                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4843                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4844             }
4845
4846             if ( m_selection )
4847                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4848             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4849             if (attrProvider)
4850             {
4851                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4852
4853 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4854 #if 0
4855                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4856                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4857                 // all column attributes.
4858                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4859                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4860                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4861                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4862 #endif
4863             }
4864
4865             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4866             {
4867                 CalcDimensions();
4868                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4869             }
4870         }
4871         result = true;
4872         break;
4873
4874         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4875         {
4876             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4877             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4878             m_numCols += numCols;
4879
4880             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4881             {
4882                 //Shift the column IDs
4883                 int i;
4884                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4885                 {
4886                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4887                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4888                 }
4889
4890                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4891
4892                 //Set the new columns' positions
4893                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4894                 {
4895                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4896                 }
4897             }
4898
4899             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4900             {
4901                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4902                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4903
4904                 int right = 0;
4905                 if ( pos > 0 )
4906                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4907
4908                 int colPos;
4909                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4910                 {
4911                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4912
4913                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4914                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4915                 }
4916             }
4917
4918             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4919             {
4920                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4921                 // cell will be undefined...
4922                 //
4923                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4924             }
4925
4926             if ( m_selection )
4927                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4928             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4929             if (attrProvider)
4930                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4931             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4932             {
4933                 CalcDimensions();
4934                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4935             }
4936         }
4937         result = true;
4938         break;
4939
4940         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4941         {
4942             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4943             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4944             m_numCols += numCols;
4945
4946             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4947             {
4948                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4949
4950                 //Set the new columns' positions
4951                 int i;
4952                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4953                 {
4954                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4955                 }
4956             }
4957
4958             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4959             {
4960                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4961                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4962
4963                 int right = 0;
4964                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4965                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4966
4967                 int colPos;
4968                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4969                 {
4970                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4971
4972                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4973                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4974                 }
4975             }
4976
4977             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4978             {
4979                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4980                 // cell will be undefined...
4981                 //
4982                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4983             }
4984             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4985             {
4986                 CalcDimensions();
4987                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4988             }
4989         }
4990         result = true;
4991         break;
4992
4993         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4994         {
4995             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4996             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4997             m_numCols -= numCols;
4998
4999             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5000             {
5001                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5002
5003                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5004
5005                 //Shift the column IDs
5006                 int colPos;
5007                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5008                 {
5009                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5010                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5011                 }
5012             }
5013
5014             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5015             {
5016                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5017                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5018
5019                 int w = 0;
5020                 int colPos;
5021                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5022                 {
5023                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5024
5025                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5026                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5027                 }
5028             }
5029
5030             if ( !m_numCols )
5031             {
5032                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5033             }
5034             else
5035             {
5036                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5037                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5038             }
5039
5040             if ( m_selection )
5041                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5042             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5043             if (attrProvider)
5044             {
5045                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5046
5047 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5048 #if 0
5049                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5050                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5051                 // all row attributes.
5052                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5053                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5054                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5055                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5056 #endif
5057             }
5058
5059             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5060             {
5061                 CalcDimensions();
5062                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5063             }
5064         }
5065         result = true;
5066         break;
5067     }
5068
5069     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5070         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5071
5072     return result;
5073 }
5074
5075 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5076 {
5077     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5078     wxRect r;
5079
5080     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5081
5082     int top, bottom;
5083     while ( iter )
5084     {
5085         r = iter.GetRect();
5086
5087         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5088         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5089         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5090         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5091         //
5092 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5093         int cw, ch;
5094         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5095         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5096             r.SetTop( 0 );
5097         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5098 #endif
5099
5100         // logical bounds of update region
5101         //
5102         int dummy;
5103         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5104         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5105
5106         // find the row labels within these bounds
5107         //
5108         int row;
5109         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5110         {
5111             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5112                 continue;
5113
5114             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5115                 break;
5116
5117             rowlabels.Add( row );
5118         }
5119
5120         ++iter;
5121     }
5122
5123     return rowlabels;
5124 }
5125
5126 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5127 {
5128     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5129     wxRect r;
5130
5131     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5132
5133     int left, right;
5134     while ( iter )
5135     {
5136         r = iter.GetRect();
5137
5138         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5139         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5140         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5141         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5142         //
5143 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5144         int cw, ch;
5145         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5146         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5147             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5148         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5149 #endif
5150
5151         // logical bounds of update region
5152         //
5153         int dummy;
5154         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5155         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5156
5157         // find the cells within these bounds
5158         //
5159         int col;
5160         int colPos;
5161         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5162         {
5163             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5164
5165             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5166                 continue;
5167
5168             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5169                 break;
5170
5171             colLabels.Add( col );
5172         }
5173
5174         ++iter;
5175     }
5176
5177     return colLabels;
5178 }
5179
5180 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5181 {
5182     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5183     wxRect r;
5184
5185     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5186
5187     int left, top, right, bottom;
5188     while ( iter )
5189     {
5190         r = iter.GetRect();
5191
5192         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5193         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5194         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5195         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5196         //
5197 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5198         int cw, ch;
5199         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5200         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5201         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5202         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5203         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5204 #endif
5205
5206         // logical bounds of update region
5207         //
5208         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5209         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5210
5211         // find the cells within these bounds
5212         //
5213         int row, col;
5214         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5215         {
5216             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5217                 continue;
5218
5219             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5220                 break;
5221
5222             int colPos;
5223             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5224             {
5225                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5226
5227                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5228                     continue;
5229
5230                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5231                     break;
5232
5233                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5234             }
5235         }
5236
5237         ++iter;
5238     }
5239
5240     return cellsExposed;
5241 }
5242
5243
5244 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5245 {
5246     int x, y, row;
5247     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5248     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5249
5250     if ( event.Dragging() )
5251     {
5252         if (!m_isDragging)
5253         {
5254             m_isDragging = true;
5255             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5256         }
5257
5258         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5259         {
5260             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5261             {
5262                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5263                 {
5264                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5265                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5266                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5267
5268                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5269                     PrepareDC( dc );
5270                     y = wxMax( y,
5271                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5272                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5273                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5274                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5275                     {
5276                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5277                     }
5278                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5279                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5280                 }
5281                 break;
5282
5283                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5284                 {
5285                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5286                     {
5287                         if ( m_selection )
5288                         {
5289                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5290                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5291                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5292                                                     event.AltDown(),
5293                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5294                         }
5295                     }
5296                 }
5297                 break;
5298
5299                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5300                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5301                 default:
5302                     break;
5303             }
5304         }
5305         return;
5306     }
5307
5308     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5309         return;
5310
5311     if (m_isDragging)
5312     {
5313         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5314             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5315         m_isDragging = false;
5316     }
5317
5318     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5319     //
5320     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5321     {
5322         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5323     }
5324
5325     // ------------ Left button pressed
5326     //
5327     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5328     {
5329         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5330         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5331         // wanting to resize the row
5332         //
5333         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5334         {
5335             row = YToRow(y);
5336             if ( row >= 0 &&
5337                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5338             {
5339                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5340                     ClearSelection();
5341                 if ( m_selection )
5342                 {
5343                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5344                     {
5345                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5346                                                   0,
5347                                                   row,
5348                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5349                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5350                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5351                                                   event.AltDown(),
5352                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5353                     }
5354                     else
5355                     {
5356                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5357                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5358                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5359                                                 event.AltDown(),
5360                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5361                     }
5362                 }
5363
5364                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5365             }
5366         }
5367         else
5368         {
5369             // starting to drag-resize a row
5370             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5371                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5372         }
5373     }
5374
5375     // ------------ Left double click
5376     //
5377     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5378     {
5379         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5380         if ( row < 0 )
5381         {
5382             row = YToRow(y);
5383             if ( row >=0 &&
5384                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5385             {
5386                 // no default action at the moment
5387             }
5388         }
5389         else
5390         {
5391             // adjust row height depending on label text
5392             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5393
5394             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5395             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5396         }
5397     }
5398
5399     // ------------ Left button released
5400     //
5401     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5402     {
5403         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5404         {
5405             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5406
5407             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5408             // default processing in this case
5409             //
5410             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5411         }
5412
5413         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5414         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5415     }
5416
5417     // ------------ Right button down
5418     //
5419     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5420     {
5421         row = YToRow(y);
5422         if ( row >=0 &&
5423              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5424         {
5425             // no default action at the moment
5426         }
5427     }
5428
5429     // ------------ Right double click
5430     //
5431     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5432     {
5433         row = YToRow(y);
5434         if ( row >= 0 &&
5435              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5436         {
5437             // no default action at the moment
5438         }
5439     }
5440
5441     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5442     //
5443     else if ( event.Moving() )
5444     {
5445         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5446         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5447         {
5448             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5449             {
5450                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5451                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5452                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5453             }
5454         }
5455         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5456         {
5457             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5458         }
5459     }
5460 }
5461
5462 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5463 {
5464     int x, y, col;
5465     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5466     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5467
5468     if ( event.Dragging() )
5469     {
5470         if (!m_isDragging)
5471         {
5472             m_isDragging = true;
5473             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5474
5475             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5476                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5477         }
5478
5479         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5480         {
5481             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5482             {
5483                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5484                 {
5485                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5486                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5487                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5488
5489                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5490                     PrepareDC( dc );
5491
5492                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5493                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5494                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5495                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5496                     {
5497                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5498                     }
5499                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5500                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5501                 }
5502                 break;
5503
5504                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5505                 {
5506                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5507                     {
5508                         if ( m_selection )
5509                         {
5510                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5511                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5512                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5513                                                     event.AltDown(),
5514                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5515                         }
5516                     }
5517                 }
5518                 break;
5519
5520                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5521                 {
5522                     if ( x < 0 )
5523                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5524                     else
5525                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5526
5527                     int markerX;
5528
5529                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5530                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5531                     else
5532                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5533
5534                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5535                     {
5536                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5537
5538                         int cw, ch;
5539                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5540
5541                         markerX++;
5542
5543                         //Clean up the last indicator
5544                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5545                         {
5546                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5547                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5548                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5549                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5550
5551                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5552                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5553                         }
5554
5555                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5556                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5557                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5558                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5559                         {
5560                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5561                             return;
5562                         }
5563
5564                         //Draw the marker
5565                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5566                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5567
5568                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5569
5570                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5571
5572                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5573                     }
5574                 }
5575                 break;
5576
5577                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5578                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5579                 default:
5580                     break;
5581             }
5582         }
5583         return;
5584     }
5585
5586     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5587         return;
5588
5589     if (m_isDragging)
5590     {
5591         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5592             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5593         m_isDragging = false;
5594     }
5595
5596     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5597     //
5598     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5599     {
5600         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5601     }
5602
5603     // ------------ Left button pressed
5604     //
5605     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5606     {
5607         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5608         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5609         // wanting to resize the col
5610         //
5611         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5612         {
5613             col = XToCol(x);
5614             if ( col >= 0 &&
5615                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5616             {
5617                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5618                 {
5619                     //Show button as pressed
5620                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5621                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5622                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5623                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5624                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5625                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5626
5627                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5628                 }
5629                 else
5630                 {
5631                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5632                         ClearSelection();
5633                     if ( m_selection )
5634                     {
5635                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5636                         {
5637                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5638                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5639                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5640                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5641                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5642                                                       event.AltDown(),
5643                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5644                         }
5645                         else
5646                         {
5647                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5648                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5649                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5650                                                     event.AltDown(),
5651                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5652                         }
5653                     }
5654
5655                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5656                 }
5657             }
5658         }
5659         else
5660         {
5661             // starting to drag-resize a col
5662             //
5663             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5664                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5665         }
5666     }
5667
5668     // ------------ Left double click
5669     //
5670     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5671     {
5672         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5673         if ( col < 0 )
5674         {
5675             col = XToCol(x);
5676             if ( col >= 0 &&
5677                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5678             {
5679                 // no default action at the moment
5680             }
5681         }
5682         else
5683         {
5684             // adjust column width depending on label text
5685             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5686
5687             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5688             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5689         }
5690     }
5691
5692     // ------------ Left button released
5693     //
5694     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5695     {
5696         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5697         {
5698             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5699                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5700
5701                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5702                 // default processing in this case
5703                 //
5704                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5705                 break;
5706
5707             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5708                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5709
5710                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5711                 break;
5712
5713             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5714             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5715             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5716             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5717                 // nothing to do (?)
5718                 break;
5719         }
5720
5721         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5722         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5723     }
5724
5725     // ------------ Right button down
5726     //
5727     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5728     {
5729         col = XToCol(x);
5730         if ( col >= 0 &&
5731              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5732         {
5733             // no default action at the moment
5734         }
5735     }
5736
5737     // ------------ Right double click
5738     //
5739     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5740     {
5741         col = XToCol(x);
5742         if ( col >= 0 &&
5743              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5744         {
5745             // no default action at the moment
5746         }
5747     }
5748
5749     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5750     //
5751     else if ( event.Moving() )
5752     {
5753         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5754         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5755         {
5756             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5757             {
5758                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5759                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5760                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5761             }
5762         }
5763         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5764         {
5765             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5766         }
5767     }
5768 }
5769
5770 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5771 {
5772     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5773     {
5774         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5775         // col args == -1
5776         //
5777         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5778         {
5779             SelectAll();
5780         }
5781     }
5782     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5783     {
5784         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5785     }
5786     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5787     {
5788         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5789         {
5790             // no default action at the moment
5791         }
5792     }
5793     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5794     {
5795         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5796         {
5797             // no default action at the moment
5798         }
5799     }
5800 }
5801
5802 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5803 {
5804     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5805     if ( m_winCapture )
5806     {
5807         m_isDragging = false;
5808         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5809         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5810         m_winCapture = NULL;
5811
5812         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5813         Refresh();
5814     }
5815 }
5816
5817 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5818                               wxWindow *win,
5819                               bool captureMouse)
5820 {
5821 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5822     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5823     {
5824         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5825         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5826         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5827         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5828         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5829         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5830     };
5831
5832     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5833                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5834                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5835                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5836                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5837                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5838 #endif
5839
5840     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5841          win == m_winCapture &&
5842          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5843         return;
5844
5845     if ( !win )
5846     {
5847         // by default use the grid itself
5848         win = m_gridWin;
5849     }
5850
5851     if ( m_winCapture )
5852     {
5853         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5854             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5855         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5856     }
5857
5858     m_cursorMode = mode;
5859
5860     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5861     {
5862         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5863             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5864             break;
5865
5866         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5867             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5868             break;
5869
5870         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5871             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5872             break;
5873
5874         default:
5875             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5876             break;
5877     }
5878
5879     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5880     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5881                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5882
5883     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5884     {
5885         win->CaptureMouse();
5886         m_winCapture = win;
5887     }
5888 }
5889
5890 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5891 {
5892     int x, y;
5893     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5894     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5895
5896     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5897     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5898
5899     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5900     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5901     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5902     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5903     {
5904         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5905         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5906     }
5907
5908     if ( event.Dragging() )
5909     {
5910         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5911
5912         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5913         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5914         if (! m_isDragging)
5915         {
5916             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5917             {
5918                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5919                 return;
5920             }
5921             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5922                 return;
5923         }
5924
5925         m_isDragging = true;
5926         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5927         {
5928             // Hide the edit control, so it
5929             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5930             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5931             {
5932                 HideCellEditControl();
5933                 SaveEditControlValue();
5934             }
5935
5936             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5937             {
5938                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5939                 {
5940                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5941                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5942                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5943                 }
5944                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5945                 {
5946                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5947                     {
5948                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5949                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5950
5951                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5952                                    coords.GetRow(),
5953                                    coords.GetCol(),
5954                                    event );
5955                         return;
5956                     }
5957                 }
5958                 else
5959                 {
5960                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5961                     {
5962                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5963                     }
5964                     else
5965                     {
5966                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5967                     }
5968                 }
5969
5970                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5971                 {
5972                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5973                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5974                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5975                 }
5976             }
5977             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5978             if (! m_winCapture)
5979             {
5980                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5981                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5982             }
5983
5984
5985         }
5986         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5987         {
5988             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5989             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5990             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5991
5992             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5993             PrepareDC( dc );
5994             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5995                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5996             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5997             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5998             {
5999                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6000             }
6001             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6002             m_dragLastPos = y;
6003         }
6004         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6005         {
6006             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6007             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6008             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6009
6010             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6011             PrepareDC( dc );
6012             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6013                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6014             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6015             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6016             {
6017                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6018             }
6019             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6020             m_dragLastPos = x;
6021         }
6022
6023         return;
6024     }
6025
6026     m_isDragging = false;
6027     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6028
6029     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6030     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6031     //     wxGTK
6032 #if 0
6033     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6034     {
6035         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6036         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6037     }
6038     else
6039 #endif // 0
6040
6041     // ------------ Left button pressed
6042     //
6043     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6044     {
6045         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6046                        coords.GetRow(),
6047                        coords.GetCol(),
6048                        event ) )
6049         {
6050             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6051                 ClearSelection();
6052             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6053             {
6054                 if ( m_selection )
6055                 {
6056                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6057                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6058                                               coords.GetRow(),
6059                                               coords.GetCol(),
6060                                               event.ControlDown(),
6061                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6062                                               event.AltDown(),
6063                                               event.MetaDown() );
6064                 }
6065             }
6066             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6067                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6068             {
6069                 DisableCellEditControl();
6070                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6071
6072                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6073                 {
6074                     if ( m_selection )
6075                     {
6076                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6077                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6078                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6079                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6080                                                           event.AltDown(),
6081                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6082                     }
6083                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6084                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6085                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6086                 }
6087                 else
6088                 {
6089                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6090                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6091                     if ( m_selection )
6092                     {
6093                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6094                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6095                         {
6096                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6097                         }
6098                     }
6099                 }
6100             }
6101         }
6102     }
6103
6104     // ------------ Left double click
6105     //
6106     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6107     {
6108         DisableCellEditControl();
6109
6110         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6111         {
6112             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6113                              coords.GetRow(),
6114                              coords.GetCol(),
6115                              event ) )
6116             {
6117                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6118                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6119                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6120             }
6121         }
6122     }
6123
6124     // ------------ Left button released
6125     //
6126     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6127     {
6128         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6129         {
6130             if (m_winCapture)
6131             {
6132                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6133                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6134                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6135             }
6136
6137             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6138             {
6139                 ClearSelection();
6140                 EnableCellEditControl();
6141
6142                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6143                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6144                 editor->StartingClick();
6145                 editor->DecRef();
6146                 attr->DecRef();
6147
6148                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6149             }
6150             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6151                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6152             {
6153                 if ( m_selection )
6154                 {
6155                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6156                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6157                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6158                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6159                                               event.ControlDown(),
6160                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6161                                               event.AltDown(),
6162                                               event.MetaDown() );
6163                 }
6164
6165                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6166                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6167
6168                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6169                 // drag-shrinking.
6170                 ShowCellEditControl();
6171             }
6172         }
6173         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6174         {
6175             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6176             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6177
6178             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6179             // default processing in this case
6180             //
6181             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6182         }
6183         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6184         {
6185             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6186             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6187
6188             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6189             // default processing in this case
6190             //
6191             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6192         }
6193
6194         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6195     }
6196
6197     // ------------ Right button down
6198     //
6199     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6200     {
6201         DisableCellEditControl();
6202         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6203                          coords.GetRow(),
6204                          coords.GetCol(),
6205                          event ) )
6206         {
6207             // no default action at the moment
6208         }
6209     }
6210
6211     // ------------ Right double click
6212     //
6213     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6214     {
6215         DisableCellEditControl();
6216         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6217                          coords.GetRow(),
6218                          coords.GetCol(),
6219                          event ) )
6220         {
6221             // no default action at the moment
6222         }
6223     }
6224
6225     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6226     //
6227     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6228     {
6229         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6230         {
6231             // out of grid cell area
6232             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6233             return;
6234         }
6235
6236         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6237         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6238
6239         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6240         // directions is not implemented yet...
6241         //
6242         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6243         {
6244             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6245             return;
6246         }
6247
6248         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6249         {
6250             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6251
6252             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6253             {
6254                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6255                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6256             }
6257         }
6258         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6259         {
6260             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6261
6262             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6263             {
6264                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6265                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6266             }
6267         }
6268         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6269         {
6270             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6271             {
6272                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6273             }
6274         }
6275     }
6276 }
6277
6278 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6279 {
6280     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6281     {
6282         // erase the last line and resize the row
6283         //
6284         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6285         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6286         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6287
6288         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6289         PrepareDC( dc );
6290         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6291         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6292         HideCellEditControl();
6293         SaveEditControlValue();
6294
6295         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6296         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6297                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6298
6299         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6300         {
6301             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6302             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6303             rect.x = 0;
6304             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6305             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6306             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6307             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6308             rect.width = cw;
6309
6310             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6311             if (m_table)
6312             {
6313                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6314                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6315                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6316                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6317                 {
6318                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6319                     {
6320                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6321                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6322                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6323                     }
6324                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6325                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6326                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6327                 }
6328             }
6329             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6330         }
6331
6332         ShowCellEditControl();
6333     }
6334 }
6335
6336
6337 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6338 {
6339     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6340     {
6341         // erase the last line and resize the col
6342         //
6343         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6344         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6345         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6346
6347         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6348         PrepareDC( dc );
6349         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6350         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6351         HideCellEditControl();
6352         SaveEditControlValue();
6353
6354         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6355         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6356                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6357                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6358
6359         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6360         {
6361             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6362             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6363             rect.y = 0;
6364             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6365             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6366             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6367             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6368             rect.height = ch;
6369
6370             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6371             if (m_table)
6372             {
6373                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6374                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6375                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6376                 if (topRow >= 0)
6377                 {
6378                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6379                     {
6380                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6381                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6382                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6383                     }
6384
6385                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6386                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6387                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6388                 }
6389             }
6390
6391             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6392         }
6393
6394         ShowCellEditControl();
6395     }
6396 }
6397
6398 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6399 {
6400     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6401     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6402     {
6403         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6404         return;
6405     }
6406
6407     int newPos;
6408     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6409         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6410     else
6411     {
6412         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6413         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6414             newPos--;
6415     }
6416
6417     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6418 }
6419
6420 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6421 {
6422     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6423     {
6424         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6425
6426         int i;
6427         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6428         {
6429             m_colAt.Add( i );
6430         }
6431     }
6432
6433     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6434
6435     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6436     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6437     {
6438         int i;
6439         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6440         {
6441             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6442         }
6443     }
6444     else
6445     {
6446         int i;
6447         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6448         {
6449             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6450         }
6451     }
6452
6453     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6454
6455     //Recalculate the column rights
6456     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6457     {
6458         int colRight = 0;
6459         int colPos;
6460         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6461         {
6462             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6463
6464             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6465             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6466         }
6467     }
6468
6469     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6470     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6471 }
6472
6473
6474
6475 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6476 {
6477     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6478         return;
6479
6480     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6481
6482     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6483     {
6484         m_colAt.Clear();
6485
6486         //Recalculate the column rights
6487         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6488         {
6489             int colRight = 0;
6490             int colPos;
6491             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6492             {
6493                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6494                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6495             }
6496         }
6497
6498         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6499         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6500     }
6501 }
6502
6503
6504 //
6505 // ------ interaction with data model
6506 //
6507 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6508 {
6509     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6510     {
6511         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6512             return GetModelValues();
6513
6514         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6515             return SetModelValues();
6516
6517         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6518         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6519         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6520         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6521         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6522         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6523             return Redimension( msg );
6524
6525         default:
6526             return false;
6527     }
6528 }
6529
6530 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6531 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6532 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6533 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6534 //
6535 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6536 {
6537     if ( m_table )
6538     {
6539         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6540             DisableCellEditControl();
6541
6542         m_table->Clear();
6543         if (!GetBatchCount())
6544             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6545     }
6546 }
6547
6548 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6549 {
6550     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6551
6552     if ( !m_created )
6553     {
6554         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6555         return false;
6556     }
6557
6558     if ( m_table )
6559     {
6560         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6561             DisableCellEditControl();
6562
6563         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6564         return done;
6565
6566         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6567         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6568     }
6569
6570     return false;
6571 }
6572
6573 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6574 {
6575     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6576
6577     if ( !m_created )
6578     {
6579         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6580         return false;
6581     }
6582
6583     if ( m_table )
6584     {
6585         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6586         return done;
6587
6588         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6589         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6590     }
6591
6592     return false;
6593 }
6594
6595 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6596 {
6597     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6598
6599     if ( !m_created )
6600     {
6601         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6602         return false;
6603     }
6604
6605     if ( m_table )
6606     {
6607         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6608             DisableCellEditControl();
6609
6610         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6611         return done;
6612         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6613         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6614     }
6615
6616     return false;
6617 }
6618
6619 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6620 {
6621     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6622
6623     if ( !m_created )
6624     {
6625         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6626         return false;
6627     }
6628
6629     if ( m_table )
6630     {
6631         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6632             DisableCellEditControl();
6633
6634         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6635         return done;
6636         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6637         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6638     }
6639
6640     return false;
6641 }
6642
6643 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6644 {
6645     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6646
6647     if ( !m_created )
6648     {
6649         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6650         return false;
6651     }
6652
6653     if ( m_table )
6654     {
6655         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6656         return done;
6657         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6658         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6659     }
6660
6661     return false;
6662 }
6663
6664 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6665 {
6666     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6667
6668     if ( !m_created )
6669     {
6670         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6671         return false;
6672     }
6673
6674     if ( m_table )
6675     {
6676         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6677             DisableCellEditControl();
6678
6679         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6680         return done;
6681         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6682         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6683     }
6684
6685     return false;
6686 }
6687
6688 //
6689 // ----- event handlers
6690 //
6691
6692 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6693 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6694 //
6695 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6696                         int row, int col,
6697                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6698 {
6699    bool claimed, vetoed;
6700
6701    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6702    {
6703        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6704
6705        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6706                type,
6707                this,
6708                rowOrCol,
6709                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6710                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6711                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6712                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6713                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6714                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6715
6716        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6717        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6718    }
6719    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6720    {
6721        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6722        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6723                type,
6724                this,
6725                m_selectingTopLeft,
6726                m_selectingBottomRight,
6727                true,
6728                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6729                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6730                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6731                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6732
6733        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6734        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6735    }
6736    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6737              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6738              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6739              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6740    {
6741        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6742
6743        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6744            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6745        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6746            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6747
6748        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6749                type,
6750                this,
6751                row, col,
6752                pos.x,
6753                pos.y,
6754                false,
6755                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6756                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6757                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6758                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6759        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6760        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6761    }
6762    else
6763    {
6764        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6765                type,
6766                this,
6767                row, col,
6768                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6769                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6770                false,
6771                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6772                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6773                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6774                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6775        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6776        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6777    }
6778
6779    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6780    if (vetoed)
6781        return -1;
6782
6783    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6784 }
6785
6786 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6787 // of ProcessEvent().
6788 //
6789 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6790                         int row, int col )
6791 {
6792    bool claimed, vetoed;
6793
6794     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6795     {
6796         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6797
6798         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6799
6800         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6801         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6802     }
6803     else
6804     {
6805         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6806
6807         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6808         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6809      }
6810
6811     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6812     if (vetoed)
6813         return -1;
6814
6815     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6816 }
6817
6818 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6819 {
6820     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6821     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6822 }
6823
6824 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6825 {
6826     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6827     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6828     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6829     {
6830         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6831         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6832
6833         if (rect)
6834         {
6835             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6836             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6837             int x, y;
6838
6839             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6840             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6841             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6842             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6843             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6844
6845             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6846             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6847                 width_label = rectWidth;
6848
6849             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6850             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6851                 height_label = rectHeight;
6852
6853             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6854             {
6855                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6856                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6857             }
6858             else
6859             {
6860                 x = 0;
6861                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6862             }
6863
6864             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6865             {
6866                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6867                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6868             }
6869             else
6870             {
6871                 y = 0;
6872                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6873             }
6874
6875             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6876             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6877             {
6878                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6879                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6880             }
6881
6882             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6883             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6884             {
6885                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6886                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6887             }
6888
6889             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6890             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6891             {
6892                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6893                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6894             }
6895
6896             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6897             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6898             {
6899                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6900                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6901             }
6902         }
6903         else
6904         {
6905             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6906             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6907             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6908             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6909         }
6910     }
6911 }
6912
6913 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6914 {
6915     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6916     {
6917         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6918         CalcDimensions();
6919     }
6920 }
6921
6922 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6923 {
6924     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6925     {
6926         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6927         //
6928         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6929     }
6930
6931     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6932
6933     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6934     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6935     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6936     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6937
6938     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6939     {
6940         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6941         {
6942             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6943                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6944             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6945                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6946         }
6947
6948         // try local handlers
6949         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6950         {
6951             case WXK_UP:
6952                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6953                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6954                 else
6955                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6956                 break;
6957
6958             case WXK_DOWN:
6959                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6960                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6961                 else
6962                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6963                 break;
6964
6965             case WXK_LEFT:
6966                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6967                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6968                 else
6969                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6970                 break;
6971
6972             case WXK_RIGHT:
6973                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6974                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6975                 else
6976                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6977                 break;
6978
6979             case WXK_RETURN:
6980             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6981                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6982                 {
6983                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6984                 }
6985                 else
6986                 {
6987                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6988                     {
6989                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6990                     }
6991                     else
6992                     {
6993                         // at the bottom of a column
6994                         DisableCellEditControl();
6995                     }
6996                 }
6997                 break;
6998
6999             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7000                 ClearSelection();
7001                 break;
7002
7003             case WXK_TAB:
7004                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7005                 {
7006                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7007                     {
7008                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7009                     }
7010                     else
7011                     {
7012                         // at left of grid
7013                         DisableCellEditControl();
7014                     }
7015                 }
7016                 else
7017                 {
7018                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7019                     {
7020                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7021                     }
7022                     else
7023                     {
7024                         // at right of grid
7025                         DisableCellEditControl();
7026                     }
7027                 }
7028                 break;
7029
7030             case WXK_HOME:
7031                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7032                 {
7033                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7034                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7035                 }
7036                 else
7037                 {
7038                     event.Skip();
7039                 }
7040                 break;
7041
7042             case WXK_END:
7043                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7044                 {
7045                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7046                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7047                 }
7048                 else
7049                 {
7050                     event.Skip();
7051                 }
7052                 break;
7053
7054             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7055                 MovePageUp();
7056                 break;
7057
7058             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7059                 MovePageDown();
7060                 break;
7061
7062             case WXK_SPACE:
7063                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7064                 {
7065                     if ( m_selection )
7066                     {
7067                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7068                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7069                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7070                             event.ControlDown(),
7071                             event.ShiftDown(),
7072                             event.AltDown(),
7073                             event.MetaDown() );
7074                     }
7075                     break;
7076                 }
7077
7078                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7079                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7080                 else
7081                     event.Skip();
7082                 break;
7083
7084             default:
7085                 event.Skip();
7086                 break;
7087         }
7088     }
7089
7090     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7091 }
7092
7093 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7094 {
7095     // try local handlers
7096     //
7097     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7098     {
7099         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7100              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7101         {
7102             if ( m_selection )
7103             {
7104                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7105                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7106                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7107                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7108                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7109                     event.ControlDown(),
7110                     true,
7111                     event.AltDown(),
7112                     event.MetaDown() );
7113             }
7114         }
7115
7116         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7117         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7118         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7119     }
7120 }
7121
7122 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7123 {
7124     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7125     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7126     {
7127         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7128         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7129         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7130         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7131         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7132
7133         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7134         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7135         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7136              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7137         {
7138             // ensure cell is visble
7139             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7140             EnableCellEditControl();
7141
7142             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7143             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7144             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7145             // crash the app
7146             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7147                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7148         }
7149         else
7150         {
7151             event.Skip();
7152         }
7153
7154         editor->DecRef();
7155         attr->DecRef();
7156     }
7157     else
7158     {
7159         event.Skip();
7160     }
7161 }
7162
7163 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7164 {
7165 }
7166
7167 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7168 {
7169     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7170     {
7171         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7172         return;
7173     }
7174
7175 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7176     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7177     PrepareDC( dc );
7178 #endif
7179
7180     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7181     {
7182         DisableCellEditControl();
7183
7184         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7185         {
7186             wxRect r;
7187             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7188             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7189             {
7190                 r.x--;
7191                 r.y--;
7192                 r.width++;
7193                 r.height++;
7194             }
7195
7196             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7197
7198             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7199             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7200
7201 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7202             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7203 #else
7204             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7205             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7206 #endif
7207         }
7208     }
7209
7210     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7211
7212     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7213 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7214     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7215 #endif
7216     attr->DecRef();
7217 }
7218
7219 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7220 {
7221     int temp;
7222     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7223
7224     if ( m_selection )
7225     {
7226         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7227         {
7228             leftCol = 0;
7229             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7230         }
7231         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7232         {
7233             topRow = 0;
7234             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7235         }
7236     }
7237
7238     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7239     {
7240         temp = topRow;
7241         topRow = bottomRow;
7242         bottomRow = temp;
7243     }
7244
7245     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7246     {
7247         temp = leftCol;
7248         leftCol = rightCol;
7249         rightCol = temp;
7250     }
7251
7252     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7253     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7254
7255     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7256     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7257          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7258     {
7259         wxRect rect;
7260         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7261                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7262         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7263     }
7264
7265     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7266     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7267               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7268     {
7269         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7270         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7271         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7272         wxRect  rect[4];
7273         bool    need_refresh[4];
7274         need_refresh[0] =
7275         need_refresh[1] =
7276         need_refresh[2] =
7277         need_refresh[3] = false;
7278         int     i;
7279
7280         // Store intermediate values
7281         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7282         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7283         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7284         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7285
7286         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7287         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7288         {
7289             temp = oldLeft;
7290             oldLeft = leftCol;
7291             leftCol = temp;
7292         }
7293         if (oldTop > topRow )
7294         {
7295             temp = oldTop;
7296             oldTop = topRow;
7297             topRow = temp;
7298         }
7299         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7300         {
7301             temp = oldRight;
7302             oldRight = rightCol;
7303             rightCol = temp;
7304         }
7305         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7306         {
7307             temp = oldBottom;
7308             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7309             bottomRow = temp;
7310         }
7311
7312         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7313         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7314         // is contained in the other.
7315
7316         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7317         {
7318             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7319             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7320             need_refresh[0] = true;
7321             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7322                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7323                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7324         }
7325
7326         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7327         {
7328             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7329             // area above the old or new selection.
7330             need_refresh[1] = true;
7331             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7332                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7333                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7334         }
7335
7336         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7337         {
7338             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7339             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7340             need_refresh[2] = true;
7341             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7342                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7343                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7344         }
7345
7346         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7347         {
7348             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7349             // area below the old or new selection.
7350             need_refresh[3] = true;
7351             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7352                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7353                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7354         }
7355
7356         // various Refresh() calls
7357         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7358             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7359                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7360     }
7361
7362     // change selection
7363     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7364     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7365 }
7366
7367 //
7368 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7369 //
7370
7371 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7372 {
7373     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7374     HideCellEditControl();
7375
7376     if ( m_table )
7377     {
7378         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7379         //
7380         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7381         return true;
7382     }
7383
7384     return false;
7385 }
7386
7387 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7388 {
7389     int row, col;
7390
7391     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7392     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7393     // I think so ...
7394     DisableCellEditControl();
7395
7396     if ( m_table )
7397     {
7398         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7399         {
7400             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7401             {
7402                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7403             }
7404         }
7405
7406         return true;
7407     }
7408
7409     return false;
7410 }
7411
7412 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7413 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7414 // CalcExposedCells)
7415 //
7416 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7417 {
7418     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7419         return;
7420
7421     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7422     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7423     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7424
7425     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7426     {
7427         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7428         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7429         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7430
7431         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7432         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7433         {
7434             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7435             bool marked = false;
7436             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7437             {
7438                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7439                 {
7440                     marked = true;
7441                     break;
7442                 }
7443             }
7444
7445             if (!marked)
7446             {
7447                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7448                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7449                 {
7450                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7451                     {
7452                         marked = true;
7453                         break;
7454                     }
7455                 }
7456
7457                 if (!marked)
7458                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7459             }
7460
7461             // don't bother drawing this cell
7462             continue;
7463         }
7464
7465         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7466         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7467         {
7468             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7469             {
7470                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7471                 int left = col;
7472                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7473                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7474                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7475                     {
7476                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7477                     }
7478
7479                 if (left == col)
7480                     left = 0; // oh well
7481
7482                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7483                 {
7484                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7485                     {
7486                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7487                         {
7488                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7489                             bool marked = false;
7490
7491                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7492                             {
7493                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7494                                 {
7495                                     marked = true;
7496                                     break;
7497                                 }
7498                             }
7499
7500                             if (!marked)
7501                             {
7502                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7503                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7504                                 {
7505                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7506                                     {
7507                                         marked = true;
7508                                         break;
7509                                     }
7510                                 }
7511                                 if (!marked)
7512                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7513                             }
7514                         }
7515                         break;
7516                     }
7517                 }
7518             }
7519         }
7520
7521         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7522     }
7523
7524     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7525
7526     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7527     {
7528         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7529     }
7530 }
7531
7532 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7533 {
7534   int cw, ch;
7535   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7536
7537   int right, bottom;
7538   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7539
7540   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7541   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7542
7543   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7544   {
7545       int left, top;
7546       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7547
7548       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7549       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7550
7551       if ( right > rightCol )
7552       {
7553           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7554       }
7555
7556       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7557       {
7558           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7559       }
7560   }
7561 }
7562
7563 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7564 {
7565     int row = coords.GetRow();
7566     int col = coords.GetCol();
7567
7568     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7569         return;
7570
7571     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7572 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7573     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7574         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7575 #endif
7576
7577     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7578
7579     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7580
7581     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7582
7583     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7584     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7585     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7586     {
7587         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7588         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7589         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7590         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7591 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7592         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7593         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7594         editor->DecRef();
7595 #endif
7596     }
7597     else
7598     {
7599         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7600         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7601         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7602         renderer->DecRef();
7603     }
7604
7605     attr->DecRef();
7606 }
7607
7608 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7609 {
7610     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7611     if ( !HasFocus() )
7612         return;
7613
7614     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7615     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7616
7617     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7618         return;
7619
7620     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7621
7622     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7623     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7624     // it doesn't look really good
7625
7626     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7627
7628     if (penWidth > 0)
7629     {
7630         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7631         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7632         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7633         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7634         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7635         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7636         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7637         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7638         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7639
7640         // Now draw the rectangle
7641         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7642         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7643         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7644         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7645         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7646     }
7647
7648 #if 0
7649         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7650
7651         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7652         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7653                 y1 = rect.y,
7654                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7655                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7656
7657         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7658         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7659         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7660
7661         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7662         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7663
7664         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7665         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7666         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7667 #endif
7668 }
7669
7670 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7671 {
7672     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID);
7673 }
7674
7675 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7676 {
7677     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7678 }
7679
7680 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7681 {
7682     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7683 }
7684
7685 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7686 {
7687     int row = coords.GetRow();
7688     int col = coords.GetCol();
7689     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7690         return;
7691
7692
7693     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7694
7695     // right hand border
7696     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7697     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7698                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7699
7700     // bottom border
7701     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7702     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7703                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7704 }
7705
7706 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7707 {
7708     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7709     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7710     //
7711     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7712          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7713     {
7714         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7715     }
7716
7717     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7718     {
7719         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7720         return;
7721     }
7722
7723     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7724     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7725     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7726     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7727     {
7728         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7729         {
7730             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7731             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7732             attr->DecRef();
7733
7734             break;
7735         }
7736     }
7737 }
7738
7739 // TODO: remove this ???
7740 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7741 // has been changed
7742 //
7743 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7744 {
7745 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7746     return;
7747 #endif
7748
7749     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7750          return;
7751
7752     int top, bottom, left, right;
7753
7754 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7755     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7756     {
7757       int cw, ch;
7758       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7759
7760       // virtual coords of visible area
7761       //
7762       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7763       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7764     }
7765     else
7766     {
7767       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7768       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7769       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7770       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7771     }
7772 #else
7773       int cw, ch;
7774       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7775       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7776       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7777 #endif
7778
7779     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7780     //
7781     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7782     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7783
7784     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7785     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7786     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7787     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7788     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7789
7790     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7791
7792     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7793     wxRect rect;
7794
7795     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7796     {
7797         int colPos;
7798         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7799         {
7800             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7801
7802             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7803             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7804             {
7805                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7806                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7807                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7808             }
7809             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7810             {
7811                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7812                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7813                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7814             }
7815         }
7816     }
7817
7818     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7819
7820
7821     // horizontal grid lines
7822     //
7823     // already declared above - int i;
7824     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7825     {
7826         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7827
7828         if ( bot > bottom )
7829         {
7830             break;
7831         }
7832
7833         if ( bot >= top )
7834         {
7835             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7836             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7837         }
7838     }
7839
7840     // vertical grid lines
7841     //
7842     int colPos;
7843     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7844     {
7845         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7846
7847         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7848 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7849         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7850 #endif
7851             colRight--;
7852
7853         if ( colRight > right )
7854         {
7855             break;
7856         }
7857
7858         if ( colRight >= left )
7859         {
7860             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7861             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7862         }
7863     }
7864
7865     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7866 }
7867
7868 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7869 {
7870     if ( !m_numRows )
7871         return;
7872
7873     size_t i;
7874     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7875
7876     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7877     {
7878         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7879     }
7880 }
7881
7882 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7883 {
7884     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7885         return;
7886
7887     wxRect rect;
7888
7889     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7890         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7891
7892     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7893     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7894     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7895     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7896
7897     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7898     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7899     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7900
7901     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7902     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7903     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7904
7905     int hAlign, vAlign;
7906     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7907
7908     rect.SetX( 2 );
7909     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7910     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7911     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7912     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7913 }
7914
7915 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7916 {
7917     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7918     if (native)
7919     {
7920         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7921         SetColLabelSize( height );
7922     }
7923
7924     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7925 }
7926
7927 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7928 {
7929     if ( !m_numCols )
7930         return;
7931
7932     size_t i;
7933     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7934
7935     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7936     {
7937         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7938     }
7939 }
7940
7941 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7942 {
7943     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7944         return;
7945
7946     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7947
7948     wxRect rect;
7949
7950     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
7951     {
7952         rect.SetX( colLeft);
7953         rect.SetY( 0 );
7954         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
7955         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
7956
7957         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7958         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
7959     }
7960     else
7961     {
7962         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7963
7964         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7965         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7966         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7967         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7968                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7969
7970         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7971         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7972         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7973     }
7974
7975     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7976     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7977     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7978
7979     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7980     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7981     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7982
7983     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7984     rect.SetY( 2 );
7985     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7986     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7987     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7988 }
7989
7990 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7991                                 const wxString& value,
7992                                 const wxRect& rect,
7993                                 int horizAlign,
7994                                 int vertAlign,
7995                                 int textOrientation )
7996 {
7997     wxArrayString lines;
7998
7999     StringToLines( value, lines );
8000
8001     // Forward to new API.
8002     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8003         lines,
8004         rect,
8005         horizAlign,
8006         vertAlign,
8007         textOrientation );
8008 }
8009
8010 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8011 //     add textOrientation support
8012 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8013                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8014                                const wxRect& rect,
8015                                int horizAlign,
8016                                int vertAlign,
8017                                int textOrientation)
8018 {
8019     if ( lines.empty() )
8020         return;
8021
8022     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8023
8024     long textWidth,
8025          textHeight;
8026
8027     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8028         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8029     else
8030         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8031
8032     int x = 0,
8033         y = 0;
8034     switch ( vertAlign )
8035     {
8036         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8037             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8038                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8039             else
8040                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8041             break;
8042
8043         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8044             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8045                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8046             else
8047                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8048             break;
8049
8050         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8051         default:
8052             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8053                 y = rect.y + 1;
8054             else
8055                 x = rect.x + 1;
8056             break;
8057     }
8058
8059     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8060     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8061     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8062     {
8063         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8064
8065         if ( line.empty() )
8066         {
8067             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8068             continue;
8069         }
8070
8071         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8072              lineHeight = 0;
8073         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8074
8075         switch ( horizAlign )
8076         {
8077             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8078                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8079                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8080                 else
8081                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8082                 break;
8083
8084             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8085                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8086                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8087                 else
8088                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8089                 break;
8090
8091             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8092             default:
8093                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8094                     x = rect.x + 1;
8095                 else
8096                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8097                 break;
8098         }
8099
8100         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8101         {
8102             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8103             y += lineHeight;
8104         }
8105         else
8106         {
8107             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8108             x += lineHeight;
8109         }
8110     }
8111 }
8112
8113 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8114 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8115 //
8116 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8117 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8118 {
8119     int startPos = 0;
8120     int pos;
8121     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8122     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8123
8124     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8125     {
8126         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8127         if ( pos < 0 )
8128         {
8129             break;
8130         }
8131         else if ( pos == 0 )
8132         {
8133             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8134         }
8135         else
8136         {
8137             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8138         }
8139
8140         startPos += pos + 1;
8141     }
8142
8143     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8144     {
8145         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8146     }
8147 }
8148
8149 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8150                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8151                              long *width, long *height ) const
8152 {
8153     wxCoord w = 0;
8154     wxCoord h = 0;
8155     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8156
8157     size_t i;
8158     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8159     {
8160         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8161         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8162         h += lineH;
8163     }
8164
8165     *width = w;
8166     *height = h;
8167 }
8168
8169 //
8170 // ------ Batch processing.
8171 //
8172 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8173 {
8174     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8175     {
8176         m_batchCount--;
8177         if ( !m_batchCount )
8178         {
8179             CalcDimensions();
8180             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8181             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8182             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8183             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8184         }
8185     }
8186 }
8187
8188 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8189 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8190 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8191 //
8192 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8193 {
8194     BeginBatch();
8195     EndBatch();
8196 }
8197
8198 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8199 {
8200     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8201         return false;
8202
8203     // redraw in the new state
8204     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8205
8206     return true;
8207 }
8208
8209 //
8210 // ------ Edit control functions
8211 //
8212
8213 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8214 {
8215     // TODO: improve this ?
8216     //
8217     if ( edit != m_editable )
8218     {
8219         if (!edit)
8220             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8221         m_editable = edit;
8222     }
8223 }
8224
8225 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8226 {
8227     if (! m_editable)
8228         return;
8229
8230     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8231     {
8232         if ( enable )
8233         {
8234             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8235                 return;
8236
8237             // this should be checked by the caller!
8238             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8239
8240             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8241             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8242
8243             ShowCellEditControl();
8244         }
8245         else
8246         {
8247             //FIXME:add veto support
8248             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8249
8250             HideCellEditControl();
8251             SaveEditControlValue();
8252
8253             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8254             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8255         }
8256     }
8257 }
8258
8259 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8260 {
8261     // const_cast
8262     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8263     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8264     attr->DecRef();
8265
8266     return readonly;
8267 }
8268
8269 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8270 {
8271     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8272         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8273 }
8274
8275 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8276 {
8277     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8278     // current one if it's read only
8279     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8280 }
8281
8282 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8283 {
8284     bool isShown = false;
8285
8286     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8287     {
8288         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8289         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8290         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8291         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8292         attr->DecRef();
8293
8294         if ( editor )
8295         {
8296             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8297             {
8298                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8299             }
8300
8301             editor->DecRef();
8302         }
8303     }
8304
8305     return isShown;
8306 }
8307
8308 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8309 {
8310     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8311     {
8312         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8313         {
8314             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8315             return;
8316         }
8317         else
8318         {
8319             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8320             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8321             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8322
8323             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8324             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8325             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8326             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8327             {
8328                 row += cell_rows;
8329                 col += cell_cols;
8330                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8331                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8332             }
8333
8334             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8335             // might not cover the entire cell
8336             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8337             PrepareDC( dc );
8338             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8339             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
8340             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8341             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8342
8343             // convert to scrolled coords
8344             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8345
8346             int nXMove = 0;
8347             if (rect.x < 0)
8348                 nXMove = rect.x;
8349
8350             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8351             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8352             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8353             // "don't change."
8354             if (rect.x > 0)
8355                 rect.x--;
8356             if (rect.y > 0)
8357                 rect.y--;
8358
8359             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8360             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8361             {
8362                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8363                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8364
8365                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8366                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8367                                              this,
8368                                              row,
8369                                              col,
8370                                              editor->GetControl());
8371                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8372             }
8373
8374             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8375             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8376             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8377             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8378             {
8379                 int y;
8380                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8381                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8382                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8383             }
8384
8385             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8386             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8387                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8388
8389             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8390             {
8391                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8392                 // may have changed earlier
8393                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8394                 {
8395                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8396                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8397
8398                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8399                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8400                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8401                     {
8402                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8403                     }
8404                     else
8405                         break;
8406                 }
8407
8408                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8409                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8410             }
8411
8412             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8413             editor->SetSize( rect );
8414             if (nXMove != 0)
8415                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8416                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8417                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8418             editor->Show( true, attr );
8419
8420             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8421             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8422             CalcDimensions();
8423
8424             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8425             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8426
8427             editor->DecRef();
8428             attr->DecRef();
8429         }
8430     }
8431 }
8432
8433 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8434 {
8435     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8436     {
8437         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8438         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8439
8440         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8441         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8442         editor->Show( false );
8443         editor->DecRef();
8444         attr->DecRef();
8445
8446         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8447
8448         // refresh whole row to the right
8449         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8450         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8451         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8452
8453 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8454         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8455         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8456 #endif
8457
8458         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8459     }
8460 }
8461
8462 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8463 {
8464     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8465     {
8466         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8467         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8468
8469         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8470
8471         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8472         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8473         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8474
8475         editor->DecRef();
8476         attr->DecRef();
8477
8478         if (changed)
8479         {
8480             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8481                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8482                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8483             {
8484                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8485                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8486             }
8487         }
8488     }
8489 }
8490
8491 //
8492 // ------ Grid location functions
8493 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8494 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8495 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8496 //
8497
8498 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8499 {
8500     int row = YToRow(y);
8501     int col = XToCol(x);
8502
8503     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8504     {
8505         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8506     }
8507     else
8508     {
8509         coords.Set( row, col );
8510     }
8511 }
8512
8513 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8514 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8515 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8516 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8517
8518 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8519                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8520                            bool clipToMinMax)
8521 {
8522     if (coord < 0)
8523         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8524
8525     if (!defaultDist)
8526         defaultDist = 1;
8527
8528     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8529            i_min = 0;
8530
8531     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8532     {
8533         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8534             return i_max;
8535         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8536     }
8537
8538     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8539     {
8540         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8541     }
8542     else
8543     {
8544         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8545         {
8546             i_min = i_max;
8547             if (minDist)
8548                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8549             else
8550                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8551         }
8552
8553         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8554             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8555     }
8556
8557     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8558         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8559     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8560         return 0;
8561
8562     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8563     {
8564         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8565                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8566         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8567             return i_max;
8568         else
8569             i_max--;
8570         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8571         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8572             i_max = median;
8573         else
8574             i_min = median;
8575     }
8576
8577     return i_max;
8578 }
8579
8580 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8581 {
8582     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8583                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8584 }
8585
8586 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8587 {
8588     if (x < 0)
8589         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8590
8591     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8592
8593     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8594     int minPos = 0;
8595
8596     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8597     {
8598         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8599             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8600         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8601     }
8602
8603     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8604         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8605     else
8606     {
8607         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8608         {
8609             minPos = maxPos;
8610             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8611                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8612             else
8613                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8614         }
8615         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8616             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8617     }
8618
8619     //X is beyond the last column
8620     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8621         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8622
8623     //X is before the first column
8624     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8625         return GetColAt( 0 );
8626
8627     //Perform a binary search
8628     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8629     {
8630         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8631                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8632
8633         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8634             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8635         else
8636             maxPos--;
8637         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8638         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8639             maxPos = median;
8640         else
8641             minPos = median;
8642     }
8643     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8644 }
8645
8646 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8647 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8648 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8649 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8650 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8651 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8652 //        near the edge).
8653 //   and
8654 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8655 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8656 //
8657 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8658 {
8659     int i;
8660     i = internalYToRow(y);
8661
8662     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8663     {
8664         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8665         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8666         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8667             return i;
8668         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8669             return i - 1;
8670     }
8671
8672     return -1;
8673 }
8674
8675 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8676 // -1 if not near an edge
8677 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8678 //
8679 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8680 {
8681     int i;
8682     i = internalXToCol(x);
8683
8684     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8685     {
8686         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8687         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8688         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8689             return i;
8690         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8691             return i - 1;
8692     }
8693
8694     return -1;
8695 }
8696
8697 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8698 {
8699     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8700
8701     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8702          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8703     {
8704         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8705         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8706         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8707         // if negative then find multicell owner
8708         if (cell_rows < 0)
8709             row += cell_rows;
8710         if (cell_cols < 0)
8711              col += cell_cols;
8712         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8713
8714         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8715         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8716         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8717             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8718         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8719             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8720     }
8721
8722     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8723     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8724     {
8725         rect.width -= 1;
8726         rect.height -= 1;
8727     }
8728
8729     return rect;
8730 }
8731
8732 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8733 {
8734     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8735     //
8736     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8737
8738     // convert to device coords
8739     //
8740     int left, top, right, bottom;
8741     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8742     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8743
8744     // check against the client area of the grid window
8745     int cw, ch;
8746     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8747
8748     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8749     {
8750         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8751         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8752                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8753     }
8754     else
8755     {
8756         // is the cell partly visible ?
8757         //
8758         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8759                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8760     }
8761 }
8762
8763 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8764 // of scrolling
8765 //
8766 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8767 {
8768     int i;
8769     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8770
8771     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8772          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8773     {
8774         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8775         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8776
8777         // convert to device coords
8778         int left, top, right, bottom;
8779         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8780         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8781
8782         int cw, ch;
8783         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8784
8785         if ( top < 0 )
8786         {
8787             ypos = r.GetTop();
8788         }
8789         else if ( bottom > ch )
8790         {
8791             int h = r.GetHeight();
8792             ypos = r.GetTop();
8793             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8794             {
8795                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8796                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8797                     break;
8798
8799                 h += rowHeight;
8800                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8801             }
8802
8803             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8804             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8805             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8806             //
8807             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8808             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8809             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8810         }
8811
8812         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8813         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8814         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8815 //      if ( left < 0 )
8816         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8817         {
8818             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8819         }
8820         else if ( right > cw )
8821         {
8822             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8823             int x0, y0;
8824             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8825             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8826
8827             // see comment for ypos above
8828             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8829         }
8830
8831         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8832         {
8833             if ( xpos != -1 )
8834                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8835             if ( ypos != -1 )
8836                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8837             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8838             AdjustScrollbars();
8839         }
8840     }
8841 }
8842
8843 //
8844 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8845 //
8846
8847 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8848 {
8849     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8850          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8851     {
8852         if ( expandSelection )
8853         {
8854             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8855                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8856             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8857             {
8858                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8859                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8860                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8861                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8862             }
8863         }
8864         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8865         {
8866             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8867             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8868             ClearSelection();
8869             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8870             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8871         }
8872         else
8873             return false;
8874
8875         return true;
8876     }
8877
8878     return false;
8879 }
8880
8881 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8882 {
8883     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8884          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8885     {
8886         if ( expandSelection )
8887         {
8888             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8889                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8890             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8891             {
8892                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8893                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8894                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8895                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8896             }
8897         }
8898         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8899         {
8900             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8901             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8902             ClearSelection();
8903             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8904             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8905         }
8906         else
8907             return false;
8908
8909         return true;
8910     }
8911
8912     return false;
8913 }
8914
8915 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8916 {
8917     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8918          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8919     {
8920         if ( expandSelection )
8921         {
8922             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8923                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8924             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8925             {
8926                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8927                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8928                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8929                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8930             }
8931         }
8932         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8933         {
8934             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8935             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8936             ClearSelection();
8937
8938             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8939             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8940         }
8941         else
8942             return false;
8943
8944         return true;
8945     }
8946
8947     return false;
8948 }
8949
8950 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8951 {
8952     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8953          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8954     {
8955         if ( expandSelection )
8956         {
8957             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8958                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8959             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8960             {
8961                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8962                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8963                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8964                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8965             }
8966         }
8967         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8968         {
8969             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8970             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8971             ClearSelection();
8972
8973             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8974             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8975         }
8976         else
8977             return false;
8978
8979         return true;
8980     }
8981
8982     return false;
8983 }
8984
8985 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8986 {
8987     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8988         return false;
8989
8990     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8991     if ( row > 0 )
8992     {
8993         int cw, ch;
8994         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8995
8996         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8997         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8998
8999         if ( newRow == row )
9000         {
9001             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9002             newRow = row - 1;
9003         }
9004
9005         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9006         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9007
9008         return true;
9009     }
9010
9011     return false;
9012 }
9013
9014 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9015 {
9016     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9017         return false;
9018
9019     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9020     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9021     {
9022         int cw, ch;
9023         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9024
9025         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9026         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9027         if ( newRow == row )
9028         {
9029             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9030             newRow = row + 1;
9031         }
9032
9033         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9034         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9035
9036         return true;
9037     }
9038
9039     return false;
9040 }
9041
9042 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9043 {
9044     if ( m_table &&
9045          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9046          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9047     {
9048         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9049         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9050
9051         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9052         {
9053             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9054             // non-empty cells
9055             //
9056             while ( row > 0 )
9057             {
9058                 row--;
9059                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9060                     break;
9061             }
9062         }
9063         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9064         {
9065             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9066             //
9067             row--;
9068             while ( row > 0 )
9069             {
9070                 row--;
9071                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9072                     break;
9073             }
9074         }
9075         else
9076         {
9077             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9078             //
9079             while ( row > 0 )
9080             {
9081                 row--;
9082                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9083                 {
9084                     row++;
9085                     break;
9086                 }
9087             }
9088         }
9089
9090         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9091         if ( expandSelection )
9092         {
9093             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9094             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9095         }
9096         else
9097         {
9098             ClearSelection();
9099             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9100         }
9101
9102         return true;
9103     }
9104
9105     return false;
9106 }
9107
9108 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9109 {
9110     if ( m_table &&
9111          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9112          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9113     {
9114         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9115         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9116
9117         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9118         {
9119             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9120             // non-empty cells
9121             //
9122             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9123             {
9124                 row++;
9125                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9126                     break;
9127             }
9128         }
9129         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9130         {
9131             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9132             //
9133             row++;
9134             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9135             {
9136                 row++;
9137                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9138                     break;
9139             }
9140         }
9141         else
9142         {
9143             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9144             //
9145             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9146             {
9147                 row++;
9148                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9149                 {
9150                     row--;
9151                     break;
9152                 }
9153             }
9154         }
9155
9156         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9157         if ( expandSelection )
9158         {
9159             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9160             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9161         }
9162         else
9163         {
9164             ClearSelection();
9165             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9166         }
9167
9168         return true;
9169     }
9170
9171     return false;
9172 }
9173
9174 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9175 {
9176     if ( m_table &&
9177          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9178          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9179     {
9180         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9181         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9182
9183         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9184         {
9185             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9186             // non-empty cells
9187             //
9188             while ( col > 0 )
9189             {
9190                 col--;
9191                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9192                     break;
9193             }
9194         }
9195         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9196         {
9197             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9198             //
9199             col--;
9200             while ( col > 0 )
9201             {
9202                 col--;
9203                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9204                     break;
9205             }
9206         }
9207         else
9208         {
9209             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9210             //
9211             while ( col > 0 )
9212             {
9213                 col--;
9214                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9215                 {
9216                     col++;
9217                     break;
9218                 }
9219             }
9220         }
9221
9222         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9223         if ( expandSelection )
9224         {
9225             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9226             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9227         }
9228         else
9229         {
9230             ClearSelection();
9231             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9232         }
9233
9234         return true;
9235     }
9236
9237     return false;
9238 }
9239
9240 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9241 {
9242     if ( m_table &&
9243          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9244          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9245     {
9246         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9247         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9248
9249         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9250         {
9251             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9252             // non-empty cells
9253             //
9254             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9255             {
9256                 col++;
9257                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9258                     break;
9259             }
9260         }
9261         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9262         {
9263             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9264             //
9265             col++;
9266             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9267             {
9268                 col++;
9269                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9270                     break;
9271             }
9272         }
9273         else
9274         {
9275             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9276             //
9277             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9278             {
9279                 col++;
9280                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9281                 {
9282                     col--;
9283                     break;
9284                 }
9285             }
9286         }
9287
9288         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9289         if ( expandSelection )
9290         {
9291             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9292             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9293         }
9294         else
9295         {
9296             ClearSelection();
9297             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9298         }
9299
9300         return true;
9301     }
9302
9303     return false;
9304 }
9305
9306 //
9307 // ------ Label values and formatting
9308 //
9309
9310 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9311 {
9312     if ( horiz )
9313         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9314     if ( vert )
9315         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9316 }
9317
9318 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9319 {
9320     if ( horiz )
9321         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9322     if ( vert )
9323         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9324 }
9325
9326 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9327 {
9328     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9329 }
9330
9331 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9332 {
9333     if ( m_table )
9334     {
9335         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9336     }
9337     else
9338     {
9339         wxString s;
9340         s << row;
9341         return s;
9342     }
9343 }
9344
9345 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9346 {
9347     if ( m_table )
9348     {
9349         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9350     }
9351     else
9352     {
9353         wxString s;
9354         s << col;
9355         return s;
9356     }
9357 }
9358
9359 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9360 {
9361     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9362
9363     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9364     {
9365         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9366     }
9367
9368     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9369     {
9370         if ( width == 0 )
9371         {
9372             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9373             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9374         }
9375         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9376         {
9377             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9378             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9379                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9380         }
9381
9382         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9383         CalcWindowSizes();
9384         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9385     }
9386 }
9387
9388 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9389 {
9390     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9391
9392     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9393     {
9394         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9395     }
9396
9397     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9398     {
9399         if ( height == 0 )
9400         {
9401             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9402             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9403         }
9404         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9405         {
9406             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9407             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9408                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9409         }
9410
9411         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9412         CalcWindowSizes();
9413         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9414     }
9415 }
9416
9417 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9418 {
9419     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9420     {
9421         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9422         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9423         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9424         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9425
9426         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9427         {
9428             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9429             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9430             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9431         }
9432     }
9433 }
9434
9435 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9436 {
9437     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9438     {
9439         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9440         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9441         {
9442             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9443             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9444         }
9445     }
9446 }
9447
9448 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9449 {
9450     m_labelFont = font;
9451     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9452     {
9453         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9454         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9455     }
9456 }
9457
9458 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9459 {
9460     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9461     switch ( horiz )
9462     {
9463         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9464         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9465         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9466     }
9467
9468     switch ( vert )
9469     {
9470         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9471         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9472         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9473     }
9474
9475     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9476     {
9477         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9478     }
9479
9480     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9481     {
9482         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9483     }
9484
9485     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9486     {
9487         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9488     }
9489 }
9490
9491 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9492 {
9493     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9494     switch ( horiz )
9495     {
9496         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9497         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9498         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9499     }
9500
9501     switch ( vert )
9502     {
9503         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9504         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9505         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9506     }
9507
9508     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9509     {
9510         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9511     }
9512
9513     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9514     {
9515         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9516     }
9517
9518     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9519     {
9520         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9521     }
9522 }
9523
9524 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9525 //       does not support vertical printing
9526 //
9527 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9528 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9529 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9530 //
9531 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9532 {
9533     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9534         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9535
9536     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9537         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9538 }
9539
9540 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9541 {
9542     if ( m_table )
9543     {
9544         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9545         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9546         {
9547             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9548             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9549             {
9550                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9551                 rect.x = 0;
9552                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9553                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9554             }
9555         }
9556     }
9557 }
9558
9559 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9560 {
9561     if ( m_table )
9562     {
9563         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9564         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9565         {
9566             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9567             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9568             {
9569                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9570                 rect.y = 0;
9571                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9572                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9573             }
9574         }
9575     }
9576 }
9577
9578 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9579 {
9580     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9581     {
9582         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9583
9584         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9585         PrepareDC( dc );
9586         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9587     }
9588 }
9589
9590 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9591 {
9592     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9593     {
9594         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9595
9596         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9597         PrepareDC( dc );
9598         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9599         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9600         attr->DecRef();
9601     }
9602 }
9603
9604 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9605 {
9606     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9607     {
9608         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9609
9610         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9611         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9612         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9613         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9614         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9615             return;
9616
9617         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9618         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9619     }
9620 }
9621
9622 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9623 {
9624     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9625     {
9626         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9627
9628         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9629         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9630         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9631         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9632         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9633             return;
9634
9635         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9636         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9637     }
9638 }
9639
9640 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9641 {
9642     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9643     {
9644         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9645
9646         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9647         {
9648             if ( enable )
9649             {
9650                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9651                 PrepareDC( dc );
9652                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9653             }
9654             else
9655             {
9656                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9657             }
9658         }
9659     }
9660 }
9661
9662 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9663 {
9664     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9665 }
9666
9667 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9668 {
9669     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9670
9671     return GetRowHeight(row);
9672 }
9673
9674 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9675 {
9676     return m_defaultColWidth;
9677 }
9678
9679 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9680 {
9681     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9682
9683     return GetColWidth(col);
9684 }
9685
9686 // ============================================================================
9687 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9688 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9689 // ============================================================================
9690
9691 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9692 // setting default attributes
9693 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9694
9695 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9696 {
9697     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9698 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9699     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9700 #endif
9701 }
9702
9703 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9704 {
9705     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9706 }
9707
9708 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9709 {
9710     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9711 }
9712
9713 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9714 {
9715     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9716 }
9717
9718 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9719 {
9720     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9721 }
9722
9723 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9724 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9725 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9726 // work correctly.
9727
9728 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9729 {
9730     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9731                      renderer,
9732                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9733 }
9734
9735 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9736 {
9737     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9738                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9739                      editor);
9740 }
9741
9742 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9743 // access to the default attributes
9744 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9745
9746 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9747 {
9748     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9749 }
9750
9751 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9752 {
9753     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9754 }
9755
9756 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9757 {
9758     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9759 }
9760
9761 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9762 {
9763     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9764 }
9765
9766 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9767 {
9768     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9769 }
9770
9771 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9772 {
9773     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9774 }
9775
9776 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9777 {
9778     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9779 }
9780
9781 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9782 // access to cell attributes
9783 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9784
9785 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9786 {
9787     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9788     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9789     attr->DecRef();
9790
9791     return colour;
9792 }
9793
9794 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9795 {
9796     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9797     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9798     attr->DecRef();
9799
9800     return colour;
9801 }
9802
9803 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9804 {
9805     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9806     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9807     attr->DecRef();
9808
9809     return font;
9810 }
9811
9812 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9813 {
9814     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9815     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9816     attr->DecRef();
9817 }
9818
9819 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9820 {
9821     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9822     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9823     attr->DecRef();
9824
9825     return allow;
9826 }
9827
9828 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9829 {
9830     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9831     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9832     attr->DecRef();
9833 }
9834
9835 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9836 {
9837     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9838     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9839     attr->DecRef();
9840
9841     return renderer;
9842 }
9843
9844 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9845 {
9846     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9847     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9848     attr->DecRef();
9849
9850     return editor;
9851 }
9852
9853 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9854 {
9855     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9856     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9857     attr->DecRef();
9858
9859     return isReadOnly;
9860 }
9861
9862 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9863 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9865
9866 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9867 {
9868     if ( !m_table )
9869     {
9870         return false;
9871     }
9872
9873     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9874 }
9875
9876 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9877 {
9878     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9879     {
9880         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9881         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9882         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9883     }
9884 }
9885
9886 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9887 {
9888     if ( attr != NULL )
9889     {
9890         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9891
9892         self->ClearAttrCache();
9893         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9894         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9895         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9896         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9897     }
9898 }
9899
9900 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9901 {
9902     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9903     {
9904         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9905         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9906
9907 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9908         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9909 #endif
9910
9911         return true;
9912     }
9913     else
9914     {
9915 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9916         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9917 #endif
9918
9919         return false;
9920     }
9921 }
9922
9923 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9924 {
9925     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9926     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9927     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9928     if ( row >= 0 )
9929     {
9930         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9931         {
9932             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9933                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9934             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9935         }
9936     }
9937
9938     if (attr)
9939     {
9940         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9941     }
9942     else
9943     {
9944         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9945         attr->IncRef();
9946     }
9947
9948     return attr;
9949 }
9950
9951 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9952 {
9953     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9954     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9955
9956     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9957     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9958
9959     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9960     if ( !attr )
9961     {
9962         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9963
9964         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9965         attr->IncRef();
9966         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9967     }
9968
9969     return attr;
9970 }
9971
9972 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9973 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9974 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9975
9976 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9977 {
9978     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9979 }
9980
9981 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9982 {
9983     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9984 }
9985
9986 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9987 {
9988     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9989     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9990     {
9991         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9992     }
9993
9994     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9995 }
9996
9997 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9998 {
9999     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10000     if (!attr)
10001         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10002     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10003     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10004
10005     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10006
10007 }
10008
10009 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10010 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10011 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10012
10013 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10014 {
10015     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10016     {
10017         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10018         ClearAttrCache();
10019     }
10020     else
10021     {
10022         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10023     }
10024 }
10025
10026 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10027 {
10028     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10029     {
10030         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10031         ClearAttrCache();
10032     }
10033     else
10034     {
10035         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10036     }
10037 }
10038
10039 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10040 {
10041     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10042     {
10043         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10044         ClearAttrCache();
10045     }
10046     else
10047     {
10048         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10049     }
10050 }
10051
10052 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10053 {
10054     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10055     {
10056         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10057         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10058         attr->DecRef();
10059     }
10060 }
10061
10062 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10063 {
10064     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10065     {
10066         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10067         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10068         attr->DecRef();
10069     }
10070 }
10071
10072 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10073 {
10074     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10075     {
10076         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10077         attr->SetFont(font);
10078         attr->DecRef();
10079     }
10080 }
10081
10082 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10083 {
10084     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10085     {
10086         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10087         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10088         attr->DecRef();
10089     }
10090 }
10091
10092 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10093 {
10094     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10095     {
10096         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10097         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10098         attr->DecRef();
10099     }
10100 }
10101
10102 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10103 {
10104     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10105     {
10106         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10107
10108         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10109         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10110         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10111         attr->DecRef();
10112
10113         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10114         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10115         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10116         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10117         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10118                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10119         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10120                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10121
10122         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10123         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10124         {
10125             int i, j;
10126             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10127             {
10128                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10129                 {
10130                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10131                     {
10132                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10133                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10134                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10135                     }
10136                 }
10137             }
10138         }
10139
10140         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10141         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10142         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10143         {
10144             int i, j;
10145             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10146             {
10147                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10148                 {
10149                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10150                     {
10151                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10152                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10153                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10154                     }
10155                 }
10156             }
10157         }
10158     }
10159 }
10160
10161 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10162 {
10163     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10164     {
10165         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10166         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10167         attr->DecRef();
10168     }
10169 }
10170
10171 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10172 {
10173     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10174     {
10175         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10176         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10177         attr->DecRef();
10178     }
10179 }
10180
10181 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10182 {
10183     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10184     {
10185         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10186         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10187         attr->DecRef();
10188     }
10189 }
10190
10191 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10192 // Data type registration
10193 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10194
10195 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10196                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10197                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10198 {
10199     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10200 }
10201
10202
10203 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10204 {
10205     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10206     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10207 }
10208
10209 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10210 {
10211     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10212     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10213 }
10214
10215 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10216 {
10217     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10218     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10219     {
10220         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10221
10222         return NULL;
10223     }
10224
10225     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10226 }
10227
10228 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10229 {
10230     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10231     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10232     {
10233         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10234
10235         return NULL;
10236     }
10237
10238     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10239 }
10240
10241 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10242 // row/col size
10243 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10244
10245 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10246 {
10247     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10248 }
10249
10250 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10251 {
10252     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10253 }
10254
10255 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10256 {
10257     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10258 }
10259
10260 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10261 {
10262     m_canDragCell = enable;
10263 }
10264
10265 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10266 {
10267     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10268
10269     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10270     {
10271         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10272         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10273         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10274         // some speed optimisations)
10275         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10276         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10277         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10278             CalcDimensions();
10279     }
10280 }
10281
10282 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10283 {
10284     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10285
10286     // See comment in SetColSize
10287     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10288         return;
10289
10290     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10291     {
10292         // need to really create the array
10293         InitRowHeights();
10294     }
10295
10296     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10297     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10298
10299     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10300     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10301     {
10302         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10303     }
10304
10305     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10306         CalcDimensions();
10307 }
10308
10309 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10310 {
10311     // we dont allow zero default column width
10312     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10313
10314     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10315     {
10316         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10317         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10318         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10319         // some speed optimisations)
10320         m_colWidths.Empty();
10321         m_colRights.Empty();
10322         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10323             CalcDimensions();
10324     }
10325 }
10326
10327 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10328 {
10329     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10330
10331     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10332     //                                                                 (VZ)
10333     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10334     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10335     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10336     //
10337     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10338
10339     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10340         return;
10341
10342     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10343     {
10344         // need to really create the array
10345         InitColWidths();
10346     }
10347
10348     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10349     if ( width < 0 )
10350     {
10351         long w, h;
10352         wxArrayString lines;
10353         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10354         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10355         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10356         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10357         width = w + 6;
10358     }
10359
10360     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10361     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10362     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10363
10364     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10365     {
10366         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10367     }
10368
10369     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10370         CalcDimensions();
10371 }
10372
10373 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10374 {
10375     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10376     {
10377         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10378         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10379     }
10380 }
10381
10382 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10383 {
10384     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10385     {
10386         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10387         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10388     }
10389 }
10390
10391 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10392 {
10393     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10394     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10395
10396     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10397 }
10398
10399 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10400 {
10401     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10402     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10403
10404     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10405 }
10406
10407 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10408 {
10409     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10410     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10411     if ( width >= 0 )
10412         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10413 }
10414
10415 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10416 {
10417     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10418     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10419     if ( height >= 0 )
10420         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10421 }
10422
10423 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10424 {
10425     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10426 }
10427
10428 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10429 {
10430     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10431 }
10432
10433 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10434 // auto sizing
10435 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10436
10437 void
10438 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10439 {
10440     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10441
10442     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10443
10444     // cancel editing of cell
10445     HideCellEditControl();
10446     SaveEditControlValue();
10447
10448     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10449     int row = -1,
10450         col = -1;
10451     if ( column )
10452         col = colOrRow;
10453     else
10454         row = colOrRow;
10455
10456     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10457     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10458     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10459     {
10460         if ( column )
10461             row = rowOrCol;
10462         else
10463             col = rowOrCol;
10464
10465         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10466         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10467         if ( renderer )
10468         {
10469             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10470             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10471             if ( extent > extentMax )
10472                 extentMax = extent;
10473
10474             renderer->DecRef();
10475         }
10476
10477         attr->DecRef();
10478     }
10479
10480     // now also compare with the column label extent
10481     wxCoord w, h;
10482     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10483
10484     if ( column )
10485     {
10486         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10487         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10488             w = h;
10489     }
10490     else
10491         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10492
10493     extent = column ? w : h;
10494     if ( extent > extentMax )
10495         extentMax = extent;
10496
10497     if ( !extentMax )
10498     {
10499         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10500         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10501         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10502     }
10503     else
10504     {
10505         if ( column )
10506             // leave some space around text
10507             extentMax += 10;
10508         else
10509             extentMax += 6;
10510     }
10511
10512     if ( column )
10513     {
10514         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10515         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10516         // in SetColSize().
10517         if ( !setAsMin )
10518             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10519
10520         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10521         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10522         {
10523             int cw, ch, dummy;
10524             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10525             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10526             rect.y = 0;
10527             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10528             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10529             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10530             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10531         }
10532     }
10533     else
10534     {
10535         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10536         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10537         // in SetRowSize().
10538         if ( !setAsMin )
10539             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10540
10541         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10542         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10543         {
10544             int cw, ch, dummy;
10545             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10546             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10547             rect.x = 0;
10548             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10549             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10550             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10551             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10552         }
10553     }
10554
10555     if ( setAsMin )
10556     {
10557         if ( column )
10558             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10559         else
10560             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10561     }
10562 }
10563
10564 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10565 {
10566     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10567     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10568
10569     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10570                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10571     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10572
10573     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10574     //
10575     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10576     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10577     const bool
10578         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10579
10580     wxArrayString lines;
10581     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10582
10583     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10584     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10585     {
10586         lines.Clear();
10587
10588         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10589                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10590         StringToLines(label, lines);
10591
10592         long w, h;
10593         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10594
10595         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10596         if ( extent > extentMax )
10597             extentMax = extent;
10598     }
10599
10600     if ( !extentMax )
10601     {
10602         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10603         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10604         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10605                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10606     }
10607
10608     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10609     if ( calcRows )
10610         extentMax += 10;
10611     else
10612         extentMax += 6;
10613
10614     return extentMax;
10615 }
10616
10617 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10618 {
10619     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10620
10621     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10622     if(!calcOnly)
10623         locker.Create(this);
10624
10625     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10626     {
10627         if ( !calcOnly )
10628             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10629
10630         width += GetColWidth(col);
10631     }
10632
10633     return width;
10634 }
10635
10636 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10637 {
10638     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10639
10640     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10641     if(!calcOnly)
10642         locker.Create(this);
10643
10644     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10645     {
10646         if ( !calcOnly )
10647             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10648
10649         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10650     }
10651
10652     return height;
10653 }
10654
10655 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10656 {
10657     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10658
10659     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10660     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10661     // exactly to fit our contents
10662     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10663                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10664     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10665                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10666
10667     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10668     // extra white space
10669     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10670     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10671     {
10672         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10673         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10674         if ( diffPerCol )
10675         {
10676             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10677             {
10678                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10679             }
10680         }
10681
10682         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10683         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10684         if ( diff )
10685         {
10686             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10687             {
10688                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10689             }
10690         }
10691     }
10692
10693     // same for rows
10694     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10695     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10696     {
10697         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10698         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10699         if ( diffPerRow )
10700         {
10701             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10702             {
10703                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10704             }
10705         }
10706
10707         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10708         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10709         if ( diff )
10710         {
10711             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10712             {
10713                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10714             }
10715         }
10716     }
10717
10718     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10719     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10720     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10721     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10722     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10723 }
10724
10725 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10726 {
10727     wxArrayString lines;
10728     long w, h;
10729
10730     // Hide the edit control, so it
10731     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10732     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10733     {
10734         HideCellEditControl();
10735         SaveEditControlValue();
10736     }
10737
10738     // autosize row height depending on label text
10739     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10740     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10741     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10742     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10743         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10744     SetRowSize(row, h);
10745     ForceRefresh();
10746 }
10747
10748 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10749 {
10750     wxArrayString lines;
10751     long w, h;
10752
10753     // Hide the edit control, so it
10754     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10755     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10756     {
10757         HideCellEditControl();
10758         SaveEditControlValue();
10759     }
10760
10761     // autosize column width depending on label text
10762     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10763     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10764     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10765         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10766     else
10767         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10768     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10769         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10770     SetColSize(col, w);
10771     ForceRefresh();
10772 }
10773
10774 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10775 {
10776     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10777
10778     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10779     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10780     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10781                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10782     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10783                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10784
10785     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10786     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10787     // calculation.
10788     // CacheBestSize(size);
10789
10790     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10791             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10792 }
10793
10794 void wxGrid::Fit()
10795 {
10796     AutoSize();
10797 }
10798
10799 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10800 {
10801     return wxNullPen;
10802 }
10803
10804 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10805 // cell value accessor functions
10806 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10807
10808 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10809 {
10810     if ( m_table )
10811     {
10812         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10813         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10814         {
10815             int dummy;
10816             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10817             rect.x = 0;
10818             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10819             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10820             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10821         }
10822
10823         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10824              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10825              IsCellEditControlShown())
10826              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10827              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10828              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10829         {
10830             HideCellEditControl();
10831             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10832         }
10833     }
10834 }
10835
10836 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10837 // block, row and column selection
10838 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10839
10840 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10841 {
10842     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10843         ClearSelection();
10844
10845     if ( m_selection )
10846         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10847 }
10848
10849 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10850 {
10851     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10852         ClearSelection();
10853
10854     if ( m_selection )
10855         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10856 }
10857
10858 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10859                           bool addToSelected )
10860 {
10861     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10862         ClearSelection();
10863
10864     if ( m_selection )
10865         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10866                                   false, addToSelected );
10867 }
10868
10869 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10870 {
10871     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10872     {
10873         if ( m_selection )
10874             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10875     }
10876 }
10877
10878 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10879 // cell, row and col deselection
10880 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10881
10882 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10883 {
10884     if ( !m_selection )
10885         return;
10886
10887     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10888     {
10889         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10890             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10891     }
10892     else
10893     {
10894         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10895         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10896         {
10897             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10898                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10899         }
10900     }
10901 }
10902
10903 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10904 {
10905     if ( !m_selection )
10906         return;
10907
10908     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10909     {
10910         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10911             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10912     }
10913     else
10914     {
10915         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10916         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10917         {
10918             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10919                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10920         }
10921     }
10922 }
10923
10924 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10925 {
10926     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10927         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10928 }
10929
10930 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10931 {
10932     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10933              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10934                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10935 }
10936
10937 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10938 {
10939     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10940              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10941                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10942                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10943                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10944 }
10945
10946 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10947 {
10948     if (!m_selection)
10949     {
10950         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10951         return a;
10952     }
10953
10954     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10955 }
10956
10957 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10958 {
10959     if (!m_selection)
10960     {
10961         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10962         return a;
10963     }
10964
10965     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10966 }
10967
10968 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10969 {
10970     if (!m_selection)
10971     {
10972         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10973         return a;
10974     }
10975
10976     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10977 }
10978
10979 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10980 {
10981     if (!m_selection)
10982     {
10983         wxArrayInt a;
10984         return a;
10985     }
10986
10987     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10988 }
10989
10990 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10991 {
10992     if (!m_selection)
10993     {
10994         wxArrayInt a;
10995         return a;
10996     }
10997
10998     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10999 }
11000
11001 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11002 {
11003     m_selectingTopLeft =
11004     m_selectingBottomRight =
11005     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11006     if ( m_selection )
11007         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11008 }
11009
11010 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11011 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11012 //
11013 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
11014                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) const
11015 {
11016     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
11017     wxRect cellRect;
11018
11019     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
11020     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11021     {
11022         rect = cellRect;
11023     }
11024     else
11025     {
11026         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11027     }
11028
11029     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
11030     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11031     {
11032         rect += cellRect;
11033     }
11034     else
11035     {
11036         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11037     }
11038
11039     int i, j;
11040     int left = rect.GetLeft();
11041     int top = rect.GetTop();
11042     int right = rect.GetRight();
11043     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
11044
11045     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11046     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11047     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11048     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11049
11050     if (left > right)
11051     {
11052         i = left;
11053         left = right;
11054         right = i;
11055         i = leftCol;
11056         leftCol = rightCol;
11057         rightCol = i;
11058     }
11059
11060     if (top > bottom)
11061     {
11062         i = top;
11063         top = bottom;
11064         bottom = i;
11065         i = topRow;
11066         topRow = bottomRow;
11067         bottomRow = i;
11068     }
11069
11070     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
11071     {
11072         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
11073         {
11074             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
11075             {
11076                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11077
11078                 if (cellRect.x < left)
11079                     left = cellRect.x;
11080                 if (cellRect.y < top)
11081                     top = cellRect.y;
11082                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
11083                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
11084                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
11085                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
11086             }
11087             else
11088             {
11089                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11090             }
11091         }
11092     }
11093
11094     // convert to scrolled coords
11095     //
11096     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11097     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11098
11099     int cw, ch;
11100     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11101
11102     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11103         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11104
11105     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11106     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11107     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11108     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11109
11110     return rect;
11111 }
11112
11113 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11114 // drop target
11115 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11116
11117 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11118
11119 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11120 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11121 {
11122     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11123 }
11124
11125 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11126
11127 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11128 // grid event classes
11129 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11130
11131 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11132
11133 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11134                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11135                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11136         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11137 {
11138     m_row = row;
11139     m_col = col;
11140     m_x = x;
11141     m_y = y;
11142     m_selecting = sel;
11143     m_control = control;
11144     m_shift = shift;
11145     m_alt = alt;
11146     m_meta = meta;
11147
11148     SetEventObject(obj);
11149 }
11150
11151
11152 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11153
11154 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11155                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11156                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11157         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11158 {
11159     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11160     m_x = x;
11161     m_y = y;
11162     m_control = control;
11163     m_shift = shift;
11164     m_alt = alt;
11165     m_meta = meta;
11166
11167     SetEventObject(obj);
11168 }
11169
11170
11171 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11172
11173 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11174                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11175                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11176                                                bool sel, bool control,
11177                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11178         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11179 {
11180     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11181     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11182     m_selecting = sel;
11183     m_control = control;
11184     m_shift = shift;
11185     m_alt = alt;
11186     m_meta = meta;
11187
11188     SetEventObject(obj);
11189 }
11190
11191
11192 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11193
11194 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11195                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11196                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11197     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11198 {
11199     SetEventObject(obj);
11200     m_row = row;
11201     m_col = col;
11202     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11203 }
11204
11205 #endif // wxUSE_GRID